Editorial Committee

P.I.Forster (editor)

P.D.Bostock (technical advisor)

G.P.Guymer (technical advisor)

Graphic Design

Will Smith

Desktop Publishing

Yvonne Smith

Austrobaileya

Vol. 1, No. 1 was published on 1 December 1977

Vol. 7, No. 4 was published on 18 December 2008

[Vol. 8, No. 1 was published on 23 November 2009]

Austrobaileya is published once per year.

Exchange: This journal will be distributed on the basis of exchange.

Australian Subscribers: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price

is (GST included): AUD$38.50 per issue for individuals, AUD$66.00 for institutions, including

postage.

Overseas Subscribers: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price is

AUD POA per issue for individuals, AUD$90.00 for institutions, including postage.

All correspondence relating to exchange, subscriptions or contributions to this journal should be

addressed to: The Editor, Austrobaileya, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment

& Resource Management, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland

4066, Australia. Email: paul.forster@derm.qld.gov.au

ISSN 0155-4131

Web site: www.derm.qld.gov.au/herbarium

Austrobaileya is the journal of the Queensland Herbarium and publishes peer-reviewed research

on plants, algae, fungi and lichens (systematics, morphology, geography, anatomy, karyology,

conservation biology and botanical history), with special emphasis on taxa from Queensland.

Opinions expressed by authors are their own and do not necessarily represent the policies or

view of the Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment & Resource Management.

Austrobaileya 8 ( 1 ): 1-105 ( 2009 )

Contents

Taxonomic revision of Australian Myrsinaceae: Ardisia Sw. and Tetrardisia

Mez

B.R.Jaches .1-23

Taxonomic and nomenclatural notes on the Eastern grey boxes {Eucalyptus

ser. Moluccanae Chippendale, Myrtaceae) and the reinstatement of

Eucalyptus woollsiana R.T.Baker

A. R. Bean .25-34

Four new species of Cyperus L. (Cyperaceae) from northern Queensland

R. Booth, D.J. Moore & J. Hodgon .35-46

Duperreya Gaudich. (Convolvulaceae) revisited

R.W. Johnson .47-54

A conspectus of Merremia Dennst. ex Endl. (Convolvulaceae) in Australia

with the addition of two species

R.W. Johnson .55-63

Crotalaria inaequalis A.E.Holland (Fabaceae), a new species from the Gulf

Plains, Queensland

A.E.Holland .65-68

Coelospermum purpureum Halford & A.J.Ford (Rubiaceae), a new species

from north-east Queensland

D.A.Halford & A.J.Ford .69-76

Homoranthus tricolor (Myrtaceae), a new species from south-eastern

Queensland

A. R. Be an .77-79

Two new species of Morinda F. (Rubiaceae) from north-east Queensland

D.A.Halford & A.J.Ford .81-90

Mischocarpus ailae Guymer (Sapindaceae), a new species from the Mount

Warning caldera, Australia

G.P. Guymer .91-95

The identity of Centaurea riparia DC. (Asteraceae)

A.R.Bean .97

Rediscovery of Uncaria cordata (Four.) Merr. var. cordata (Rubiaceae:

Naudeeae) in Australia

A.J.Ford & J. W.Hasenpusch .99-102

Reinstatement of Enydra woollsii F.Muell. (AsIqy&cq&q.H eliantheae)

A.R.Bean .103-105

Taxonomic revision of Australian Myrsinaceae:

Ardisia Sw. and Tetrardisia Mez

Betsy R. Jackes

Summary

Jackes B.R. (2009). Taxonomic revision of Australian Myrsinaceae: Ardisia Sw. and Tetrardisia Mez.

Austrobaileya 8(1): 1-23. In this revision of Ardisia Sw., in Australia, eight species are recognized.

This includes Ardisia sanguinolenta Blume which occurs on Christmas Island and other non-

Australian areas, and two introduced and naturalised species A. crenata Sims and A. eUiptica Thunb.

Five species are restricted to Queensland and northern New South Wales. Ardisia brevipedata ?var.

depauperata Domin is newly recognized as the species Ardisia depauperata (Domin) Jackes. Ardisia

bifaria is again included in the genus Tetrardisia as T. bifaria (C.T.White & W.D.Francis) C.T.White.

Descriptions, illustrations and distribution maps of all Australian mainland species are provided, as

well as a species identification key.

Key Words: Myrsinaceae, Ardisia , Ardisia depauperata , Tetrardisia , Tetrardisia bifaria , Australian

flora, taxonomy, nomenclature, identification keys

B.R. Jackes, School of Marine and Tropical Biology, James Cook University, Townsville, Queensland

4811, Australia

Introduction

Ardisia Sw. is a large genus with 250-300

species in the family Myrsinaceae (Ericales).

Mez (1902) divided the genus into 14

subgenera. Hu (1999) in a review of Asiatic

Ardisia considered that although there

were exceptions, these divisions worked

reasonably well. Stahl & Anderberg (2004)

in a phylogenetic review of the Myrsinaceae

recognized a number of these subgenera as

genera, including the previously recognized

genus Tetrardisia Mez.

Ardisia and Tetrardisia as circumscribed

by Stahl & Anderberg (2004) can be

distinguished from other genera in the family

by a combination of morphological characters:

inflorescence a raceme or paniculate (although

it may be much reduced); corolla lobes fused

at the base, imbricate and twisted to the right;

staminal filaments short; style filiform, at least

twice as long as the ovary. The two genera

may be distinguished with the following key.

Key to Ardisia and Tetrardisia in Australia

Leaves distinctly petiolate; flowers 5-merous

Leaves sessile or subsessile; flowers 4-merous

Materials and methods

This revision was based on an assessment of

morphological characters from about 350 dried

herbarium specimens, as well as from fresh

material and field observations. Herbarium

specimens were examined from the following

herbaria BRI, CANB, CNS (formerly QRS),

K, L, MEL, MO and NSW. Acronyms used

Accepted for publication 31 July 2009

.Ardisia

.Tetrardisia

here to indicate herbaria holding particular

specimens are those listed by Holmgren et

al. (1990). Species in this paper are listed

alphabetically. All measurements are based

on dried material unless otherwise stated.

All measurements of the peduncle refer to the

peduncle + rhachis.

Secretory structures of a schizogenous

origin are present in all organs; however,

they are uncommon in anthers of all species

examined. These structures are referred to

here as glands. All were examined under a

microscope and it was noted that there was

some variation in shape and colour between

species, but these characters were constant

within a species. All observations are based on

dried material unless otherwise noted. In thick

leaves it was often hard to discern the small,

globular, deep red glands, but the presence

of larger globular and lineate glands were

easily observed on the surface. When viewed

with a hand lens or the naked eye they often

appear as black dots or streaks. Present on all

leaves were capitate ‘scales’ sunken into the

surrounding epidermis. These ‘scales’ were

recorded for Ardisiapachyrrhachis (F.Muell.)

F.M.Bailey by Bliithen & Reifenrath (2003)

as extrafloral nectaries. Uniseriate trichomes

were observed on various organs, but chiefly

on the corolla tube interspersed with the

staminal filaments. Glandular papillae may be

present on various organs as on the pedicels

of A. bakeri C.T.White.

Taxonomy of Ardisia

Ardisia comprises about 250 species as

circumscribed by Stahl & Anderberg (2004).

These occur in tropical and subtropical areas,

particularly in Southeast Asia, and the Pacific

Islands east to Fiji. Although well developed

in the Asian region several representatives are

found in tropical America. Five species are

endemic to mainland Australia. Two species,

A. crenata Sims and A. elliptica Thunb.,

which were introduced as garden plants

are now weeds of environmental concern.

Another species A. colorata Roxb. occurs on

Christmas Island as well as in India, southern

China and areas east to Java.

Breeding systems: Self-compatibility appears

to be common in the genus although only about

seven species have been studied (Bawa 1974;

Bsmaetal., 1985; Pascarella 1997). In Ardisia

elliptica Thunb. at least 75% of the seeds

produced from experiments for autogamy

were viable and this was higher than in the

other species tested (Pascarella 1997). He

also showed that in several species seed set

was higher when cross-pollination occurred.

Protogyny, where the stigma extends beyond

the unopened corolla a day prior to anthesis,

has been reported for a number of species

(Tomlinson 1974; Pascarella 1997). Although

Austrobai/eya 8(1): 1-23(2009)

no detailed studies have been conducted, the

stigma of A. brevipedata F.Muell., has been

observed to extend beyond the corolla prior to

anthesis (pers. obs ).

Ardisia Sw., Nov. Gen. Sp. Prodr. 48 (1788),

nom. cons. Type: Ardisia tinifolia Sw. (nom.

cons).

Bladhia Thunb., Nov. Gen. PI. 1: 6 (1781).

Type: Bladhia japonica Thunb.

Small trees or shrubs, rarely climbing (non-

Australian); branchlets usually flattened at

the point of attachment to the stem. Leaves

petiolate, simple, alternate, spirally arranged

or distichous, usually coriaceous, margins

entire to crenate, sometimes undulate, surface

glabrous or with peltate glandular scales,

rarely with hairs (non-Australian); glands

globose and/or lineate, sometimes obscure.

Inflorescence a raceme, usually appearing

umbel liform or paniculate (non-mainland

Australia), often terminating in short lateral

branches, in non-Australian species may be

cymose, appearance often depends on the

spacing of the pedicels. Flowers bisexual, 5

(rarely 6)-merous, pedicellate. Calyx free or

fused at the base, persistent, glands usually

present. Corolla rotate, campanulate to

urceolate (non-Australian), white to pink, lobes

fused at base, imbricate in bud, overlapping

to the right and often recurved or widely

spreading after anthesis, glands present.

Stamens free or adnate to the corolla tube

near the base; filaments short, rarely absent,

base usually fused to form a short tube or rim

fused to the corolla-tube; anthers sagittate,

introrse, longitudinally dehiscent, rarely

opening by pores (non-Australian), erect,

often forming a cone around the style. Ovary

superior, globose to conical tapering into a

filiform style which is sometimes exserted

from the bud; the style is more than twice as

long as the ovary: stigma punctiform, placenta

basal; ovules few to numerous embedded in

the placenta, uniseriate to multiseriate. Fruit a

drupe, globose to subglobose, with a persistent

style or scar at the apex, endocarp hard.

Seed 1, endosperm firm, embryo transverse,

cylindrical.

Etymology: from the Greek ardis - sharp or

a point, referring to the shape of the stamens

and/or the protruding slender style.

Jackes, Ardisia and Tetrardisia 3

Key to species of Ardisia in Australia including Christmas Island and naturalised species

1 Leaves distichous or 2-ranked.1. A. bakeri

1. Leaves spirally arranged, not distichous or 2-ranked.2

2. Margins of lamina crenate with glands/nodules in the sinuses.3. A. crenata

2. Margins of lamina usually entire, glands/nodules absent from sinuses.3

3 Corolla lobes shorter than corolla-tube.6. A. fasciculata

3. Corolla lobes longer than the corolla-tube.4

4 Inflorescence paniculate (Christmas Island).8. A. sanguinolenta

4. Inflorescence a short raceme, often appearing subumbellate or condensed.5

5 Leaf margins recurved, pedicels >10 mm long.7. A. pachyrrhachis

5. Leaf margins not revolute, pedicels<10 mm long.6

6 Mature fruits purplish-red to black.5. A. elliptica

6. Mature fruits white, pink to red.7

7 Flowers usually 12-25 per inflorescence, flowers 3-4 mm long.2. A. brevipedata

7. Flowers usually 5-8 per inflorescence, flowers 2-2.5(-3) mm long.4. A. depauperata

1. Ardisia bakeri C.T.White, Proc. Roy.

Soc. Queensland 53: 223 (1942); Ardisia

racemosa F.Muell. ex R.T.Baker nom. illeg.,

non Sprengel (1824), nec Mez (1902), Proc.

Linn. Soc. N.S.W. Series 2, 27(4): 380 (1902).

Type: New South Wales. North Coast:

Tumbulgum, October 1897, W.Bduerlen 1983

(holo: NSW259659; iso: BRI, K).

Illustration : Harden (2000: 502).

Shrub or small tree, 1.5-5(-9.5) m tall; bark

grey, smooth; branching sparse to abundant,

branchlets usually zig-zag, some very small

leaves usually present near base of branchlets.

Leaves distichous, petiolate; petiole 3-7 mm

long, reddish, weakly marginate, flat on

adaxial surface. Lamina chartaceous, elliptic,

often somewhat asymmetrical, (1.5-) 4.8-12.5

cm long, (0.7-) 1.5-3.6 cm wide; apex obtuse

to acuminate, base cuneate, adaxial surface

dull to glossy green, abaxial surface paler,

glabrous except for scattered scales, margins

may be undulate and weakly recurved, midrib

depressed on adaxial surface, prominently

raised on abaxial surface; lateral veins may be

relatively inconspicuous, 13-25 pairs on either

side of the midrib irregularly looping near the

margins; glands of of both types, irregularly

globular, reddish and more frequent near

the margins, often visible as bumps on the

adaxial surface, when lineate appearing black

with a length:width ratio up to 10:1, chiefly

visible on the abaxial surface, the latter are

not always present in every leaf. Inflorescence

an axillary raceme, appearance depends

on the spacing of the pedicels, may appear

subumbellate or congested, to 2 cm long;

flowers 3-7(-10) per inflorescence; peduncle

and pedicels reddish; pedicels filiform, 2-

5(—10) mm long, scattered glandular papillae

often present, glands dark red, globular to

shortly lineate, density variable; subtending

bracts chartaceous and soon caducous, c.

1.5 mm long and 0.75 mm wide at base;

glands globular reddish, margins scarious.

Flowers 5-merous, 2-3 mm long. Calyx 5-

lobed, green; tube 0.1-0.2 mm long, lobes

triangular 1-1.5 mm long, 0.75-1 mm wide at

base, glands globular red to dark red, margins

scarious. Corolla rotate, white to pinkish-red;

tube 0.2-0.4 mm long, lobes usually widely

spreading after anthesis, 2-2.5 mm long,

1-1.5 mm wide, median portion of lower half

of lobe thickened on adaxial surface, papillae

present, uniseriate hairs present at junction

of corolla-tube and lobes; glands pale to dark

red, margins scarious. Stamens opposite the

petals; base of filaments fused to form a small

rim, free portion flattened, c. 0.2 mm long;

anthers 2-locular, cordate-sagittate tapering

into a subulate, sometimes curved point, c.

2 mm long and 0.75 mm wide at base, 0-4

reddish globular glands may be present on the

connective. Ovary globose to conical tapering

into the style, c. 1 mm diameter; glands

globular to shortly lineate, dark red to black;

style 1.5-2 mm long, glands usually sparse;

stigma punctiform. Ovules multiseriate, 9-14

embedded in the placenta. Fruit globular, 5-

7(—10) mm diameter, black at maturity, glands

globular to shortly lineate, dark red to black,

style persistent to 2 mm long. Seed globular,

c. 4 mm long and 4 mm diameter. Fig. 1.

Additional selected specimens (from c. 21 examined):

Queensland. Moreton District: Lyrebird Ridge Road,

Springbrook, Nov 2000, Bean 16995 (BRI, MEL); near

Lyrebird Ridge Road, Springbrook, Dec 1990, Bird &

Tucker s.n. (BRI [AQ502600], CANB [CBG]); Lyrebird

Ridge Road Pottery, Springbrook, Dec 1990, Forster

PIF7703 (BRI, NSW); Tomewin on Queensland side of

Queensland/New South Wales border, Sep 1984, Jones

s.n. (BRI[AQ440726J). New South Wales. North Coast:

Tweed River, May 1901, Campbell 105 (NSW); Couchy

Creek below Sphinx Lookout, south side of Springbrook

plateau. May 1977, Floyd 353 (NSW); on NSW/QLD

border south of Mt Cougal, Aug 1986, Floyd AGF2148

(BRI, NSW); e. 1 km along QLD-NSW border track

from Numinbah gate, Nov 1982, Guymer 1810 & Jessup

(BISH, BRI, CANB, L, NSW).

Distribution and habitat : In the late 19 th

Century and early 20 th Century collections

of Ardisia bakeri were made in rainforest

along the gullies associated with the Tweed

River. However, no recent collections have

been made in these areas. Extant populations

appear to be restricted to the Springbrook

Plateau (28°12'S, 153°18'E) and associated

areas of the McPherson Range (Map 1). It is

locally common in complex or notophyll vine

forests at altitudes up to 1000 m. Soils are

chiefly basaltic in origin. Conservation status

is listed as Rare in both Queensland and New

South Wales.

Phenology : The main flowering period is

from September to November; fruits have

been collected from December to May.

Notes : This species is readily identified by the

2-ranked and petiolate leaves. It is the only

species examined where the median region

of the adaxial surface of the corolla lobes is

thickened and papillate.

Austrobaileya 8(1): 1-23(2009)

White (1942) renamed this species on

discovery that Baker’s name was invalid.

Although at the time he stated “comb.nov.”

basing his new name on Baker’s invalidly

named species, the name has been treated as

a nomen novum and this was undoubtedly the

intention at the time.

Etymology : Named after R.T. Baker (1854—

1941) an economic botanist, who became

curator of the Sydney Technological Museum

and also a forestry lecturer at the University

of Sydney. He was awarded the Mueller medal

in 1921 and the Clarke Medal in 1922 for his

contributions to chemotaxonomy particularly

of the eucalypts.

2. Ardisia brevipedata F.Muell., Fragm. 6:163

(1868); Bladhia brevipedata (F.Muell.) F.Muell.

Viet. Nat. 8: 16 (1891); Ardisia brevipedata var.

brevipedata Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 502

(1928). Type: Queensland. North Kennedy

District: Rockingham Bay, 16 October 1868,

Dallachys.n. (lecto [herechosen]: MEL1612562;

isolecto: K, MEL162563).

Illustration : Cooper & Cooper (2004: 334).

Shrub or small tree 1.5—3(—6) m tall; bark

smooth; branches tend to be held at more than

45° to the main stem, branchlets often with

a slight zig-zag. Leaves alternate, petiolate;

petiole 0.5-7(-10) mm long, reddish, weakly

marginate, flat on adaxial surface. Lamina

chartaceous, elliptic to obovate, 4.4-16.9 cm

long, 1.1-4.7 cm wide, adaxial surface glossy

green, abaxial surface paler, glabrous except

for scattered scales; apex obtuse to acuminate,

base cuneate, margins smooth, may be slightly

recurved, midrib flat or slightly depressed on

adaxial surface, raised on abaxial surface;

lateral veins relatively inconspicuous, more

than 20 per side of midrib; glands pellucid

when fresh, appearing black when dry,

from irregularly globular to lineate, with a

length: breadth ratio up to 12:1. Inflorescence

axillary, subumbellate to umbellate to 2 cm

long; flowers 12-25 per inflorescence, if less

then by abortion, peduncles 2-10 mm long,

reddish; pedicels filiform, 5-12 mm long,

reddish, glands globular to shortly lineate,

dark red often appearing black; subtending

bracts soon caducous, 1-2 mm long, 0.5-1 mm

wide, glands dark. Flowers 5-merous rarely 6,

Jackes, Ardisia and Tetrardisia

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI}

Brisbane Australia

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI) AQ 431915

Fto#a o# OuMfttUirKl Mellon

Artisls bakert t.T.WMlc

Fig. 1 . Representative specimen of Ardisia bakeri {Bean 16995 [BRI]).

3-4 mm long. Calyx 5-lobed; tube 0.25-0.5

mm long, broadly triangular, lobes spreading

after anthesis, 0.75-2 mm long, margins

scarious, glands globular to shortly lineate,

mostly dark red, occasionally orange. Corolla

rotate, white to cream to pale pink; tube c. 1

mm long, lobes spreading after anthesis to 3

mm long, c. 1 mm wide, apex often weakly

reflexed, glands dark red often appearing

black, chiefly lineate, length variable. Stamens

connivent around the style; base of filaments

fused to form a rim, attached to corolla-tube,

uniseriate hairs dense on rim, free portion of

filament 0.2-1 mm long; anthers 1.5—2 mm

long, c. 1 mm wide at base, occasional dark

gland present on connective, apex apiculate.

Ovary globose, 1-1.5 diameter, tapering into

style, dark-coloured. Style 2-3 mm long,

twisted near apex, red-coloured when fresh;

glands if present, dark red; stigma punctiform.

Ovules uniseriate, 2-4 embedded in placenta,

only 1 maturing. Fruit globular to depressed

globular, 4-7 mm long, 5-7 mm diameter,

red at maturity, glands dark red and usually

dense. Seed depressed globular, 4-5 mm long,

5-6 mm diameter, testa brown, rambling

spearflower. Fig. 2.

Additional selected specimens (from c. 118 examined):

Queensland. Cook District: 1 km SW of the Twin

Forks, headwaters of the Annan River, Jun 1992, Forster

PIF10741 et al. (BRI); Home Rule, base of Mt Hedley,

3 km E of Rossville, Apr 1999, Forster PIF24261 &

Booth (BRI); Headwaters of Coopers Creek, 3.5 km W

of Thornton Beach, Jun 1988, Forster PIF4385 & Tucker

(BRI, CANB, L); Castle Rock, 33.7 km from Mt Carbine

road on road to Spencer Creek Forestry Camp, Mount

Windsor Tableland, Whypalla, Nov 1990, Holland 14

& Hind (NSW); S.F.R. 675, East Mulgrave L.A., Jan

1977, Gray 269 (BRI); Longlands Gap, S.F. 353, Jun

1995, Forster PIF16786 (BRI); N.P.R. 904, Parish of

Palmerston, Feb 1997, Hyland 15588 (CNS); NW of

Tully, May 2005, Ford 4643 (CNS). North Kennedy

District: Murray Falls, Murray Upper, Dec 1987, Irvine

2334 (CNS); Hinchinbrook Island, c. 2 km NW of Mt

Diamantina, Dec 2000, Kemp TH2582 & Kutt (JCT);

Burgoo L.A., Garrawalt, Jul 1975, Sanderson 675 (CNS);

Near Gumburu Environmental School, Paluma, Dec

2005, Jackes 431 (JCT).

Distribution andhabitat: Ardisia brevipedata

is endemic to north-east Queensland where

it occurs as an understory shrub or small

tree. It is usually found on the margins or

in rainforest habitats usually above 500 m

altitude, although it has been collected in

Austrobaileya 8(1): 1-23(2009)

lowland areas. This widespread species

extends from Paluma in the south ( c . 19°S) to

the Bloomfield - Windsor Tableland area ( c.

15°49'S) in the north (Map 2).

Phenology : Flowers have been collected

in every month but chiefly from October to

January. Fruits have been collected throughout

the year.

Notes: Hu (1999) considered that Ardisia apus

Mez from New Guinea was synonymous with

A. brevipedata ; however, the type description

of the former refers to gland-like thickish

points on the margin of the adaxial surface.

Such glands were absent for all specimens

of A. brevipedata examined. Unfortunately

the type specimen of A. apus has been

lost and according to Sleumer (1988) no

other collections had been made. The type

specimen, Ledermann 12015 was collected in

the Schrader mountains of the Sepik district

in Papua New Guinea. Hu (1999) indicates

that collections of A. apus have been recorded

from the Papua New Guinean provinces

of East Sepik, Morobe and Milne Bay and

Hollandia province in Indonesian Papua.

Etymology: From the Latin brevi - short and

pedatus - foot, referring to the peduncles

which are often short.

3. Ardisia crenata Sims, Bot. Mag. 45: t. 1950

(1817); Bladhia crenata (Sims) H.Hara, Enum.

Spermatoph. Jap. Part 1:75 (1948). Type:

China (Based on Plate 1950, Bot. Mag., from

material collected/ cultivated by Loddiges

- Cambridge Botanical Garden).

Shrub to 1.5(—3) m tall; stem glabrous or

initially with minute glandular papillae.

Leaves spirally arranged, petiolate; petiole

narrowly marginate, 6-10 mm long; lamina

coriaceous, elliptic-lanceolate, oblanceolate,

rarely ovate, 6-20 cm long, 2-4 cm wide,

discolorous, glabrous except for peltate

scales more common on abaxial surface than

adaxial surface; apex acute to acuminate,

base cuneate, margins crenate, undulate and

revolute, nodules or secretory trichomes

prominent in the sinuses; midrib raised in a

shallow groove on adaxial surface, raised on

abaxial surfaces; lateral veins 12-18 pairs

on either side of the midrib, looping near

Jackes, Ardisia and Tetrardisia

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM fBRI|

Flora. oJ Queensland

Tapetnosperma tp, (Cedar Bay J.G Trttvy 14780)

Coll. P. I Ffsrstor PLF24261 14 APR tW9

+R Booth

15*4S'S t4S*16'E All. ZOOm.

Oepm m.

Home Rule, Base 01 Ml Hotlloy; 3*m east or Rosaville,

Cample* meeophyfl vlnaforeal on rod sod, molemorphiCE.

Small Shrub lo £m high, cream Itowers.

Occasional in area

QUEENSLAND HEflflARJUIW (SRIJ

BiJstaneAtistfalia

w Gfi'isar,

Queensland Herbarium (BFU)

A,*.,,*

DupS.

"May be e*«r as

(AKNvd Papon

CCmpulensAGl

CQBec&Qfl

Mvr$anKea«

flurtibur AG 664?3S

Fig. 2. Representative specimen of Ardisia brevipedata {Forster & Booth PIF24261 [BRI]).

the margin to form a distinct marginal vein;

glands irregularly globose, reddish-orange,

visible as bumps on both surfaces when dry.

Inflorescence terminates a lateral shoot,

umbelliform to 4 cm long and 10 cm wide, 6-

14 flowers per umbellate cluster; subtending

bracts 2-3 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide at base,

strongly keeled mid section, glands variable

dark-coloured. Flowers 5-merous, 6-7 mm

long; pedicels 6-10 mm, glands both dark

lineate and globular, chiefly orange-coloured.

Calyx campanulate, to 2 mm long and 1.5

mm wide at base, glands globular dark red in

lower portion, orange towards apex. Corolla

rotate, white; tube c. 0.2 mm, lobes spreading,

c. 6 mm long, 4 mm wide at base, glandular

papillae in lower portion, glands globular

to shortly lineate, dark red and/or orange-

coloured. Stamens opposite the petals; base

of filaments fused to form a rim attached

to the corolla-tube, free portion of filament

flattened, c. 1 mm long; anthers to 3 mm long,

c. 1.5 mm wide towards the base, globular

dark red glands on abaxial surface, dehiscence

initially by small apical pores then splitting

longitudinally. Ovary conical, c. 1 x 1 mm,

tapering into style, glands orange; style c. 2

mm long, orange glands present; ovules 3-5

at base of depressed-globose placenta. Fruit

globose, 6-8 mm diameter, red, glands dark

red, scattered. Seed depressed globular, c. 5

mm long, 5-6 mm diameter, testa light brown.

coralberry, spiceberry. Fig. 3.

Selected specimens (fromc. 26 examined): Queensland.

Cook District: Environmental Park, Kuranda, Nov

Austrobaileya 8(1): 1-23(2009)

1992, Swarbrick s.n. (BRI [AQ533671]); 100 Herberton

Road, Atherton, May 1997, Gray 7172 (CNS); Weinets

Creek, Babinda, Oct 2000, Forster PIF26375 et al. (A,

BRI, K, MEL). North Kennedy District: Alcock Forest

Reserve, rafting access point 9, 5.2 km from Tully River

camping area, Feb 2002, Ford AF3277 & Holmes (BRI).

Port Curtis District: Richter’s Road, N of Watalgan,

Aug 1996, Bean 10515 & Baumgartner (BRI). Wide Bay

District: Near Lake Cooroibah, Aug 1986, Sandercoe

C1187 & Milne (BRI). Moreton District: c. 1 km W of

Beerwah, Caloundra Shire, Jun 2003, Sanders s.n (BRI

[AQ776446]); Mt Cougal N.P, south west of Currumbin,

Bean 16671 (BRI). New South Wales. North Coast: 700

m along the Mullumbimby road from its junction with the

Pacific Highway, Dec 1994, Parker s.n. (NSW364039).

Distribution and habitat : A native of the

Asian region extending from India to Japan

and into the Malaysian area (Malesian

subkingdom). This commonly cultivated

plant has become naturalised, chiefly in urban

localities as well as along margins of rainforest

and in wet sclerophyll forest in moist shady

sites. It is currently found in eastern Australia

from c. 16°30'S to 29°S (Map 3). Since fruits

are dispersed by birds, this species has the

potential to spread into more localities.

Phenology : Flowering occurs in spring and

summer. Ripe fruits present from autumn to

early summer.

Notes : Ardisia crenata has often been confused

in the literature with A. crispa (Thunb.) A.DC.

The source of this confusion is outlined

by Walker (1939). Based on descriptions

by Chen & Pipoly (1995) and Yang (1999),

supplemented by herbarium material these

two species may be distinguished as follows:

A. crenata Rhizomes absent; branchlets glabrous; leaf lamina elliptic-lanceolate to

oblanceolate, rarely ovate; lateral veins 12-18 pairs on either side of the midrib

uniting to form a distinct marginal vein; marginal glands/nodules prominent in

the sinuses pale when dry; anthers with reddish glands on the abaxial surface.

A. crispa Creeping rhizomes present; branchlets pubescent; leaf lamina narrowly

oblong-lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, rarely elliptic-lanceolate; lateral veins c.

8 pairs on either side of the midrib, marginal veins absent or obscure if present;

marginal glands/nodules in the sinuses small, when dry almost black; anthers

lack glands on the abaxial surface.

All specimens in Australian herbaria with the selection of desirable traits for cultivation

crenate margins and nodules in the sinuses may have increased the potential invasiveness

were identified as belonging to Ardisia of this species.

crenata. Kitajima et al. (2006) suggest that

Jackes, Ardisia and Tetrardisia

Queensland herbarium tam)

Flora (H Queensland Mercian

Arfliils cnspH (Thunb.) DC.

Coir. A.fl Bean 1S671 19 JDM Z00O

SS'tA'S 153^1'E All m,

Deplh m

Mi Cougai fiauMrn Park, scum west &i curmmbin.

{3541-346763).

Nclophyll rai'ilsrasl wilh Lophoslamon conforms and

Eucalyptus grandis. Lower hill slopes.

Shrub 90cm high, Iruils Kk)

Rare at site.

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (SRI)

Brisbane Aufl mka

aq 49r.7i-6

annotation

149.0 MyrSinaceae

DupS.

"tAay te ciled as campuHfised eeneclwn number AQ 490726

|Arclmal PupCh

Accepled Na

Fig. 3. Representative specimen of Ardisia crenata (Bean 16671 [BRI]).

Austrobaileya 8(1): 1-23(2009)

EX-NATIONAL HERBARIUM OK VICTORIA rMFI-i

MELBOURNE, AUSTRALIA

154 MYRSINACEAE

Anlkto jucliyrrhitcbb. fF Vlswl! i B.ulcy

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (SRI)

Australia

680305

Cull: D.B. Feramjn ISM bale: 21 OcS ISS7

AUSTRALIA : QUEENSLAND

RegumiPtitricI: C«k

Locality: Ml L<ww rcrad. 34 kin from jimniiin witli MartiI m

- MMJjnan ftxld

Lji,: US'JCrS Lot>$ ■ !«*■«

All 1100m

Nolcs: Ramfueeaa-

Bark (khwii, amofflli Law«* ligtit |?iefit, [wlet kf ncmh

flower* creaait, ptaUcehifa), Tree IS ni mil

CarniRiem

Dujtls- RR1, CANS, NSW, QRS.

This K a duplicate of MEL 2044116*.

annotation

Fig. 4. Representative specimen of Ardisia depauperata (Foreman 1860 [BRI]).

Jackes, Ardisia and Tetrardisia

Etymology : The name refers to the markedly

crenate margin of the leaves.

4. Ardisia depauperata (Domin) Jackes status

nova; Ardisia brevipedata ?var. depauperata

Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 502 (1928). Type:

Queensland. CookDistrict: montesBellenden-

Ker [“Ein Strauch in der mittleren Region des

Bellenden-ker”], December 1909, K.Domin

7657 (holo: PR530275 [photograph seen,

photos at BRI, CANB, CNS and NSW]).

Ardisia sp. (South Mary LA B.P.Hyland 8778)

(Bostock & Holland 2007).

Shrub or small tree 1.5-4 m tall; bark smooth;

stems often sprawling with adventitious roots,

branchlets usually zig-zag. Leaves alternate,

petiolate; petiole 1—3(—4) mm long, reddish,

weakly marginate, flat on adaxial surface.

Lamina chartaceous, lanceolate to elliptic,

often slightly asymmetrical, (4.6-)6.3-9.1(-

11.2) cm long, 1—2.1(—3) cm wide, adaxial

surface glossy green, abaxial surface paler,

glabrous except for scattered scales; apex

acuminate to obtuse, base cuneate, margins

smooth, midrib shallowly depressed on

adaxial surface, raised on abaxial surface;

lateral veins relatively inconspicuous when

fresh, more than 15 per side of midrib. Glands

pellucid when fresh, appearing black when

dry, from irregularly globular to lineate,

length:breadth ratio usually less than 3:1.

Inflorescence axillary, subumbellate to 1 cm

long; flowers 4-8 per inflorescence; peduncles

2-4 mm long, reddish; pedicels filiform, 5-10

mm long, reddish, glands shortly lineate,

dark red often appearing black; subtending

bracts soon caducous, 1-1.5 mm long, 0.5-1

mm wide, glands dark-coloured. Flowers 5-

merous, 2-2.5 mm long. Calyx 5-lobed; tube

0.25-0.5 mm long, broadly triangular; lobes

spreading after anthesis, broadly triangular,

c. 0.5 mm long, 0.5-0.75 mm wide, margins

scarious, glands globular to shortly lineate,

mostly dark red, occasionally some small

globular, orange glands near margin. Corolla

rotate, white to cream often with a pink tinge;

tube c. 0.5 mm long, lobes spreading after

anthesis to 1.5-2(-2.5) mm long, 1-1.5 mm

wide, apex often weakly reflexed, glands dark

red often appearing black, chiefly lineate,

length variable, occasional small globular

orange gland near margin. Stamens opposite

the petals, connivent around the style; base

of filaments fused to form a rim that is fused

to corolla-tube, uniseriate hairs present on

rim, free portion of filament c. 0.2 mm long;

anthers c. 1.5 mm long and 1 mm wide at base,

apex apiculate. Ovary globose, 0.75-1 mm

diameter, tapering into style, dark-coloured.

Style c. 1.5 mm long, shallow ridges present,

red when fresh, no glands observed; stigma

punctiform. Ovules uniseriate, 3 or 4 ovules

embedded in placenta, only 1 maturing.

Fruit globular to depressed globular, 5-6

mm diameter, red at maturity, glands dark

red, usually dense. Seed globular, 4-5 mm

diameter, testa brown. Fig.4.

Additional selected specimens (from c. 23 examined):

Queensland. Cook District: S.F.R. 144, Fantail L.A.

Mt Windsor Tableland, Mar 1981, Unwin 757 (CANB,

CNS, NSW); S.F.R. 144, Mt Windsor, Jul 1976, Unwin

15 (CNS); Mt Spurgeon, Sep 1936, White 10597 (BRI);

Root’s Creek, Jan 1936, Flecker s.n. (CNS1984); S.F.R.

143, South Mary L.A., May 1976, Hyland 8778 (BRI,

CANB, CNS, NSW); Mt Lewis road, 35-36 km from

Rex Highway, Carbine L.A., Aug 1986, Weston 656 et

al. (BRI, CNS, NSW); S.F.R. 143, South Mary L.A.,

Feb 1974, Hyland 7206 (CNS); Mt Lewis road, 35 km

from junction with Mareeba - Mossman road, Oct

1987, Foreman 1860 (BRI, CANB, CNS, MEL, NSW);

Druggies track, Leichhardt L.A., T.R. 66, 11 km along

Mt Lewis road, Jun 1995, Forster P1F16761 etal. (BRI);

T.R. 66, Mt Lewis, Aug 1078, Moriarty 2413 (CNS);

Tinaroo Range, Aug 1971, Moriarty 806 (BRI, CANB);

Head of Robson Creek, 5.8 km past hoop pine triangle,

NE end of Tinaroo Dam, Mar 1988, Forster PIF3933

et al. (BRI, CANB); S.F.R. 185, Edith L.A., Mar 1975,

Irvine 1254 (BRI, NSW); S.F.R. 194, Barron, Sep 1992,

Hyland 14567 (CNS, NSW); Mt Bellenden Ker, 1887,

Sayer s.n. (MEL1612570); Tarzali, Feb 1918, White s.n.

(BRI [AQ91824], CANB262869).

Distribution and habitat : This understory

shrub or small tree has only been collected

in or associated with rainforest, chiefly at

altitudes above 800 m. It is endemic to the

Wet Tropics of North Queensland. Although

not widely collected it is probably more

common than collections indicate. It has been

recorded in areas between the Mount Windsor

Tableland area (16°12'S) south to the Evelyn

Tableland area (17°35'S) (Map 4).

Phenology : Flowering specimens have

been collected most months of the year but

particularly in summer and autumn. Fruiting

specimens chiefly collected from May to

August.

Notes : This species may be distinguished from

the related species Ardisia brevipedata , by the

reduced number of flowers per inflorescence

(4-8 versus 12-25) and by the usually smaller

flowers. The distribution of these two species

overlap within the Wet Tropics; however,

A. brevipedata is more widespread. Although

there is an overlap in leaf size, the leaves in

this species are generally smaller than in

A. brevipedata. Sterile herbarium material

may be difficult to assign; however, little

difficulty has been experienced in the field. An

excellent collection is Hyland 8778 and in the

absence of the type in Australia this collection

should be used as a reference, together with

photos of the type specimen which have been

lodged at BRI, CANB, CNS and NSW.

Etymology : From the Latin depauperatus

- reduced, starved, referring to the smaller

number of flowers in the inflorescence.

5. Ardisia elliptica Thunb., Nov. Gen. PI.

8: 119 (1798). Type: Sri Lanka (holo: UPS-

Thunberg herbarium, sheets 5320, 5321

[microfiche seen]).

Shrub or small tree to 4 m tall, bark grey;

branchlets somewhat angular, glabrous, young

growth reddish. Leaves spirally arranged,

petiolate; petiole (2—)5—12(—15) cm long,

reddish, marginate, usually flat on adaxial

surface; lamina chartaceous, oblanceolate

to elliptic-lanceolate, (5—)8—13.2 cm long,

(1.4-) 3-4.6 cm wide, adaxial surface glossy

green, abaxial surface paler, glabrous except

for some scattered scales; apex obtuse to

acuminate, base cuneate, margins smooth,

midrib flat or slightly depressed on adaxial

surface, raised on abaxial surface; lateral

veins relatively inconspicuous, 20-34 pairs

on either side of the midrib, looping near the

margin to form an intramarginal vein; glands

globular to shortly lineate, length:breadth ratio

to 4:1, pellucid when fresh drying to orange-

red or red, visible as bumps on both surfaces

of dried leaves. Inflorescence terminal or

subterminal, umbellate to subumbellate,

4-5 cm long, flowers 6-11 per inflorescence;

peduncle reddish 2-3.5 cm long; pedicels 8-17

mm long, often curved, reddish and pellucid

glands drying red; subtending bracts to 2 x

2 mm, soon caducous. Flowers 5-merous, to

Austrobaileya 8(1): 1-23(2009)

10 mm long. Calyx 5-lobed, green; tube 0.5-1

mm long; lobes rounded, 1.5-3mm long,

1.5-2 mm wide at base, margins scarious and

ciliolate, glands irregular drying red to very

dark red. Corolla rotate, pale pink; corolla-

tube c. 1 mm long, lobes spreading after

anthesis, 7-9 mm long, 3-4 mm wide, glands

drying reddish, dots or short streaks. Stamens

opposite the petals; filaments c. 2 mm long,

fused at base to form a short tube c. 0.5 mm

long which weakly adheres to the corolla-

tube and may alternate with 1-5 pink petaloid

staminodes to 1 mm long; anthers connivent

around the exserted style, 4-5 mm long and

1.5 mm wide tapering to an apiculate apex,

septate, opening by introrse longitudinal slits,

dark red glands obvious on the back. Ovary

globular, c. 1 mm diameter, tapering to the

style glands present; ovules multiseriate, 17-

20 embedded in the placenta; style 5-9 mm

long, glands prominent, stigma punctiform.

Fruit depressed globular, 6-8 mm wide, 5-7

mm high, fleshy, green to dark pink to black at

maturity. Seed, 5 mm diameter; testa brown,

with pinkish tinge when fresh, shoebutton

Ardisia. Fig. 5.

Additional selected specimens (from c. 20 examined):

Northern Territory. Nhulunbuy, Town Lagoon, May

1996, Cowie 7045 (BRI). Queensland. Cook District:

Weipa Campground, Apr 2004, Waterhouse BMW6845

(BRI); Cassia Street, Edge Hill, Cairns, Apr 2001,

Woodward s.n. (BRI [AQ669650]); Kennedy Highway,

Atherton, Aug 2002, WilJetss.n. (CNS123780); Babinda,

Mar 1998, Jago 780 (CNS). South Kennedy District:

Slade Point, Dunal System, Jun 1992, Champion 727

(BRI). Moreton District: Calamvale south of Brisbane,

1975 Beaudesert Road, Jul 2000, White s.n. (BRI [AQ

490024]).

Distribution and habitat : Originally found

in Thailand, Vietnam, China, Taiwan, Japan,

Philippines and Indonesia, this species has

becomes a serious weed in many countries

particularly on many Pacific Islands and in

southern Florida (PIER 2008). In Australia it

is naturalised in the Northern Territory and

Queensland (Map 5). It prefers moist areas

particularly in rainforest and associated areas.

The black drupes are attractive to birds that

disperse the seeds.

Phenology : Flowering occurs mainly in spring

and summer. Fruits have been commonly

collected in the late summer to late winter

period.

Jackes, Ardisia and Tetrardisia

Fig. 5. Representative specimen of Ardisia elliptica (Champion 727 [BRI]).

Notes : This species has been frequently

misidentifiedand confused WAhboth. A. humilis

Vahl and A. solanacea Roxb. Mez (1902)

included A elliptica. Thunb., under A. humilis\

although based on the original descriptions,

they both have quite different inflorescences.

A further source of confusion probably

arose because Willdenow’s specimens of

A. solanacea represent two different species.

Austrobai/eya 8(1): 1-23(2009)

Mez (1902) places Willdenow herb., number

4883 under A. humilis and number 4883 under

A. solanacea Roxb. Ardisia elliptica Bedd.,

is also a synonym of A. solanacea Roxb.;

however, A. elliptica Thunb., A. humilis Vahl

and A. solanacea Roxb., are all valid species

and may be easily distinguished as follows.

Etymology : unknown.

A. elliptica

A. humilis

A. solanacea

Branchlets angular; petioles marginate, 0.5-1 cm long; glands in lamina

pellucid when fresh, drying red when viewed with reflected light, 12-34 lateral

veins on each side of midrib, marginal vein present; inflorescence axillary,

subumbellate to umbellate; glands in corolla red.

Branchlets terete; petioles caniculate, 0.6-1 cm long; glands in lamina pellucid,

inconspicuous, c. 12 pairs of lateral veins each side of midrib, marginal vein

absent; inflorescence terminal or subterminal paniculate; glands in corolla

pellucid to orange-coloured.

Branchlets prominently angled; petioles caniculate, 1-2 cm long; glands in

lamina black, conspicuous, c. 20 pairs of lateral veins on each side of the midrib,

marginal vein absent; inflorescence both terminal and axillary, paniculate to

corymbose; glands in corolla dark red to black.

Detailed descriptions of both A. humilis Vahl

and A. solanacea Roxb. may be found in Chen

& Pipoly (1995).

6. Ardisia fasciculata C.T.White, Proc.

Roy. Soc. Queensland 50: 80 (1939). Type:

Queensland. Cook District: Mt Spurgeon,

September 1936, C.T.White 10673 (holo: BRI

[AQ23414]).

Shrub or small tree. Leaves, alternate, spirally

arranged, petiolate; petioles terete, 10-17 mm

long; lamina coriaceous, broadly lanceolate

to obovate, 7-10 cm long, 2.5-4 cm wide,

glabrous on both surfaces except for peltate

glandular scales on the abaxial surface; apex

obtuse, base cuneate, margins entire, undulate,

may be weakly revolute; midrib depressed on

adaxial surface and raised on abaxial surface,

lateral veins inconspicuous but visible on both

surfaces when dry; glands not visible in dried

leaves. Inflorescence an axillary fascicle, 3-6

flowered; peduncle c. 0.2 mm long; pedicels

thick, angular 6-7 mm long and c. 1.5 mm

wide, glands difficult to distinguish. Flowers

5-merous, c. 5 mm long; calyx campanulate;

tube 0.75-lmm long, lobes triangular, 1.25—

1.75 mm long, 1.25-1.75 mm wide at base,

margins with glandular papillae, glands

small, dark red. Corolla rotate; tube c. 2 mm

long, lobes c.1.5 mm long, densely papillate.

Stamens equal in length to corolla; filaments

flattened; anthers narrowly ovate, c. 1 x 1

mm. Ovary conical, c. 1 x 1.5 mm, glabrous,

glands dark, stylar remains darkish. Ovules

multiseriate, c. 14. Fruit not seen. Fig. 6.

Distribution and habitat : Known only from

the type specimen, a small tree collected in

rainforest on Mt Spurgeon, North Queensland.

Despite some recent excursions to the area no

additional specimens has been located.

Phenology : When C.T. White collected the

plant in September he noted that it was just

past flowering; however, closer examination

found that there were remains of the corolla

on some of the flowers.

Notes : Regarded by White (1939) as a very

distinctive species because of the thick

short peduncle so that the flowers appear to

be clustered in the axils of the subtending

leaves. This description has been compiled

from an examination of the type specimen

Jackes, Ardisia and Tetrardisia

023414

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM

BOTANIC GARDENS, BRISBANE

Ardioia fane: culata C. T, 'Taite.

“t- Sv-urgecei,

C,T. White He. 10573, Seat, l : )li.

Scall tree in rain forest-

H.W*

A-JiH'-' -fLiiirw.U.'U t.T ufcL

. ft,

Hert. BRi

Mm*

mu I ■ f'PE COLLECTION

Fig. 6. Holotype specimen of Ardisia fasciculata (White 10673 [BRI]).

Austrobaileya 8(1): 1-23(2009)

Fig. 7. Representative specimen of Ardisia pachyrrhachis {Jessup, Guymer & McDonald GJM143 [BRI]).

Jackes, Ardisia and Tetrardisia

combined with the original description and

notes by C.T.White. Details of the style were

unavailable because of the nature of the

specimen. It is the only species seen where

the corolla lobes are shorter than the tube,

its taxonomic position thus remains unclear

until additional fertile material is obtained.

It differs from both Ardisia brevipedata and

A. pachyrrhachis in the number of ovules and

the short thickened peduncle and pedicels, as

well as the corolla lobes much shorter than the

tube.

Etymology : From the Latin fasciculus

- fascicle or cluster and refers to the flowers

being clustered in the axils of the subtending

leaf.

7. Ardisia pachyrrhachis (F.Muell.) F.M.

Bailey, Botany Bull., Dept. Agric. Queensland

3: 14 (1891). Bladhiapachyrrhachis F.Muell.,

Viet. Nat. 8: 15 (1891). Type: Queensland.

Cook District: In the upper region of Mount

Bartle Frere, January 1891, S.Johnson s.n.

(lecto: MEL1612575 [here chosen]; isolecto:

BRI [AQ23416], K, MEL1612573; P n.v).

Illustration : Cooper & Cooper (2004: 335).

Shrub or small tree, 1-5(-7) m tall, sparsely

branched; bark smooth; branchlets angular,

reddish-purple when young, scars obvious.

Leaves alternate, petiolate; petiole (2-)5-10

mm long, purplish-red, marginate, flat on

adaxial surface. Lamina coriaceous, obovate,

7.7-28.5 cm long, (1.7-)2.3-8.3 cm wide,

adaxial surface dull green, abaxial surface

paler, glabrous except for scattered scales;

apex obtuse to acuminate, base cuneate,

margins smooth, usually recurved, midrib

depressed on adaxial surface, raised on

abaxial surface, purplish-red in colour when

fresh, lateral veins relatively inconspicuous

particularly when fresh, more than 20 per

side; glands in reflected light, pellucid when

fresh, red on oxidation, externally appearing

black when dry, irregularly globular to

lineate, with a length:breadth ratio up to

50:1. Inflorescence axillary, racemose to

subumbellate or umbellate, to 4 cm long;

peduncles thick, 5-11 mm long, (1—)2—5 mm

wide, reddish; rhachis 2-10 mm long, flowers

(10-)19-44 per inflorescence; pedicels

filiform, often curved, reddish 10-23 mm

long, glands appearing black; subtending

bracts soon caducous, to 10 mm long and 4

mm wide, scars persistent, glands shortly

lineate, appearing black. Flowers 5-merous,

4-5 mm long. Calyx 5-lobed; tube 0.2-03

mm long, lobes broadly triangular to broadly

ovate, 0.75-1 x 1-1.5 mm, spreading after

anthesis, margins scarious, glands dense,

dark red to black, but near margin they are

often small, globular and orange-red so calyx

usually appears almost black when dry but

dark pink when fresh. Corolla white, cream

or pale pink; tube c. 0.5 (-1.5) mm long; lobes

twisted in bud, spreading after anthesis to

3.5-4 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide, apex reflexed,

margins scarious, inner surface with scattered

uniseriate ferruginous hairs, glands dark

red, irregularly globular to shortly lineate.

Stamens opposite the petals, connivent around

the style; base of filaments fused to form a rim

fused to corolla-tube, uniseriate ferruginous

hairs dense on rim, free portion of filament

to c. 0.3 mm long; anthers cordate-sagittate,

c. 2 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide at base, glands

absent, apex apiculate. Ovary globose, c.

1.5 mm diameter, tapering into style, pink

when fresh. Style usually twisted, 2-3 mm

long, pink, glands dark, stigma punctiform.

Ovules uniseriate, 4, embedded in placenta.

Fruit globular to depressed-globular, 5-8

mm diameter, bright red at maturity, style

persistent, glands shortly lineate dark-

coloured. Seed depressed-globular, 4-5 x 6

mm, testa brown, mountain Ardisia. Fig. 7.

Additional selected specimens (from c. 107 examined):

Queensland. Cook District: Upper Parrot Creek, Annan

River, Sep 1948, Brass 20239 (BRI, CANB); Gap Creek,

c. 38 km S of Cooktown (9 km by road from Rossville),

Sep 1960, Smith 11231 (BRI); T.R. 146, Tableland L.A.,

Sep 1980, Hyland 10583 (CNS); Mt Misery on Mt

Carbine Tableland, Sep 1972, Webb & Tracey 10823

(BRI, K); Mt Hemmant just N of Noah Creek in Cape

Tribulation area, Jul 1973, Webb & Tracey 11726 (BRI);

S.F.R. 144 Whypalla, Bowerbird L. A., Feb 1988, Hyland

13506 (CNS); S.F.R. 144, Western edge of Windsor

Tableland, Nov 1971, Dockril! 301 (BRI, CNS); S.F.R.

143 Kanawarra, Carbine T.R., May 1995, Gray 5936

(CNS); Daintree N.P., near end of Mt Lewis road, 12 km

SW of Mossman, Nov 1988, Jessup GJM143 et al. (BRI);

Mt Lewis road, 28-29 km from Rex Highway, Aug 1986,

Weston 602 et al. (BRI, NSW); 8 km along Mt Lewis

road from the junction with Mareeba to Mossman road,

Oct 1987, Foreman 1676 (AD, BRI, CANB, CNS, MEL,

NSW); T.R. 66, Mt Lewis, Sep 1978, Moriarty2465 (BRI,

CNS); Murray Prior Range, tributary of Hills Creek,

Dec 1990, Lyons 87 (BRI); ibid , Lyons 88 (JCT); North

Bell Peak, upper western slopes, Malbon Thompson

Range, Jun 1996, Forster PIF18014 et al. (BRI, CNS);

Wooroonooran N.P., Mt Bellenden Ker summit, Dec

2001, Forster PIF27938 et al. (BRI); Boonjee L. A., near

Bartle Frere track S of Bobbin Bobbin Falls, 5.4 km NE

Boonjee, Oct 1988, Jessup GJM338 etal. (BRI); Babinda

Creek, Oct 2000, Jago 1255 (CNS); Mt Bartle Frere,

South Peak, Mar 1997, Gray 7130 (CNS); Russell River,

1892, Johnson s.n. (MEL1612571); Mourilyan Harbour,

Feb 1890, Bailey s.n. (BRI [AQ91568]).

Distribution and habitat : Rainforest

understory shrub or small tree, found from

south of Cooktown (15°30'S) to the Mt Bartle

Frere and Innisfail area south of Cairns

(17°30'S) (Map 6). Altitude from sea-level to

1500 m although most collections have been

made above 400 m altitude.

Phenology : Neither flowers nor fruits have

been collected from May to July inclusive.

Notes : This species is similar to Ardisia

brevipedata but can be distinguished by the

adaxial surface being dull rather than a glossy

green; the robust inflorescence and the flowers

usually more numerous, (in A. pachyrrhachis

(10—)19—45 versus 12-25 in A. brevipedata).

Foliicolous lichens are common on the

adaxial surface of the older leaves and leafy

liverworts are also often present.

Etymology : The specific epithet refers to

the thick peduncle of the inflorescence and

is derived from the Greek pachys - thick or

stout, and rach- main axis.

8. Ardisia sanguinolenta Blume, Bijdr. 685

(1826). Type: Java, s.dat., Blume s.n. (holo:

L900.211-170).

Ardisia colorata Roxb., FI. Ind. ed. Carey, 2:

271 (1824), nom. illeg. non Link (1821). Type:

Illustration, W. Roxburgh Icon. No. 2126 (K).

Illustrations : Du Puy (1993: 180, figs. 41F-

H), Claussen (2005: 63), all as A. colorata.

Notes : This species has been known as Ardisia

colorata for over 170 years (e.g. Larsen & Hu

1996). Recently these authors established that

A. sanguinolenta Blume was the correct name

for this species and that A. colorata should be

placed in synonymy (Larsen & Hu 2001).

This variable species is found on

Christmas Island and is distributed from

Austrobaileya 8(1): 1-23(2009)

India and southern China east to Java. The

Christmas Island specimens of this species

can be distinguished from Asian material

by the young stems being slightly winged. A

description of this species may be found in Du

Puy (1993) as A. colorata.

Taxonomy of Tetrardisia

Tetrardisia was erected by Mez (1902) to

accommodate a single species (Ardisia

denticulata Blume) which had 4-merous

flowers and less than 10 ovules. Stone (1989)

considered Tetrardisia to be a valid genus

with three species distributed from the Malay

Peninsula through Borneo and Java. These

species, Tetrardisia corneri Furtado, T. porosa

(C.B.Clarke) Furtado, and T. tetrasepala

(King & Gamble) Furtado, together with

T. denticulata (Blume) Mez are all 4-merous

and have 6 or 7 ovules in one series. Larsen

& Hu (1995) placed Tetrardisia in synonymy

under Ardisia but at the rank of subgenus.

Stahl & Anderberg (2004) again recognized

Tetrardisia as a valid genus. However,

neither Stone (1992) nor Larsen & Hu (1995)

mentioned the Australian taxon described

as Tetrardisia disticha by Domin (1928)

and which is synonymous with Tetrardisia

bifaria.

Thus, currently after including a species

from Thailand described by Larsen & Hu

(1991) as A. tetramera Larsen & Hu, there

are at least six species in this genus. Another

species with 4-merous, unisexual flowers

described by Stone (1982) as Tetrardisia

fruticosa B.C. Stone, was subsequently

transferred by him to Systellantha B.C.Stone

(Stone 1992).

Tetrardisia Mez in Engler, Pflanzenr.

9(IV.236): 189 (1902); Ardisia subgenus

Tetrardisia (Mez) K.Larsen & C.M.Hu, Nord.

J. Bot. 15: 162 (1995). Type: Tetrardisia

denticulata (Blume) Mez. (syn: Ardisia

denticulata Blume).

Shrubs or small trees to 3 m tall, often

slender. Leaves sessile, subsessile to petiolate

(non-Australian); lamina usually elliptic to

lanceolate; margins crenate, serrulate or

more or less entire, abaxial surface glabrous

or pubescent; glands dark-coloured, chiefly

Jackes, Ardisia and Tetrardisia

globular. Inflorescences axillary or terminal

racemes or panicles (non-Australian) with 4-

20 flowers per inflorescence. Flowers bisexual,

4-merous; pedicels thin, papillate, reddish

glands usually associated with all parts; calyx

free or fused at base, margins often papillate;

corolla rotate, white to pink, shortly fused at

base, lobes imbricate in bud overlapping to

the right. Stamens free or inserted near the

base; filaments very short; anthers sagittate,

introrse, 2-locular, opening by longitudinal

slits. Ovary superior, globose to subglobose;

style filiform more than twice length of ovary,

stigma punctiform. Ovules few, embedded in

placenta, 2-4-seriate in a single level. Fruit a

drupe, globose; seed 1.

Etymology: From Greek tetra - four and

Ardisia the genus, referring to the 4-merous

flowers.

Tetrardisiabifaria(C.T.White&W.D.Francis)

C.T.White, Bull. Misc. Information Kew

45 (1933); Ardisia bifaria C.T.White &

W.D.Francis, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 35:

73 (1924). Type: Queensland. Cook District:

Bellenden Ker, March 1922, C.T.White 1308

(holo: BRI [AQ23413]; iso: K).

Tetrardisia disticha Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:

504 (1928). Type: Queensland. Cook District:

Bellenden Ker, December 1909, K.Domin s.n.

(PR n.v.).

Illustration: Cooper & Cooper (2004: 334).

Erect understory shrubs to 2 m tall, although

usually much shorter, much-branched,

subverticillate; branchlets terete, weakly zig¬

zag, glandular papillae and sessile glandular,

reddish scales present, very small leaves

common near base of branchlets, young growth

pink. Leaves distichous, sessile to subsessile;

petiole absent or minute, if present often

papillate; lamina chartaceous to coriaceous,

oblong-lanceolate to obsubulate, (0.6-)3-10.5

cm long, (0.3—)1—1.9 cm wide, often somewhat

assymmetrical, adaxial surface dull green,

glabrous abaxial surface paler with scattered,

reddish glandular scales; apex acuminate to

obtuse, base cordate and clasping the stem,

margins entire or occasionally some minute

teeth present, often reddish when fresh;

midrib deeply depressed on adaxial surface,

prominently raised on abaxial surface,

reddish, glandular papillae sometimes present

particularly towards the base; lateral veins

inconspicuous looping towards the margin

but not forming a continuous marginal vein,

number varies with length of leaf, usually

from between 16 to 30 on either side of the

midrib; glands irregularly globular, reddish,

randomly distributed, may be visible as

bumps on the adaxial surface. Inflorescence

an axillary raceme c. 1.5 cm long, flowers

4- 8, peduncle 0.8-2 mm long, reddish;

pedicels often appear to arise from almost the

same point, pedicels filiform, 4-8 mm long,

reddish, glandular papillae may be present;

subtending bracts chartaceous, oblong, soon

caducous 1-2 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide at

base, glands not observed. Flowers c. 3 mm

long. Calyx green; tube 0.5-0.75 mm long,

lobes triangular, c. 1.5 mm long, 0.2-0.5 mm

wide at base, glands few, irregularly globular,

red. Corolla green to white; corolla-tube c.

0.2 mm long; lobes widely spreading after

anthesis, c. 3 mm long and 2 mm wide at base,

margins inflexed towards the apex, uniseriate

pale-coloured hairs present at junction of

tube and lobes; glands shortly lineate light

to dark red in median area only. Stamens

antepetalous, base of filaments fused to form

a very short rim, free portion subsessile,

flattened, 0.1-0.3 mm long; anthers cordate

at base, tapering into a short point, 1.75-2

mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide at base, connective

reddish, no glands observed. Ovary 0.75-1

mm diameter, tapering into the style, glands

red; style 2-3 mm long twisted, stigma glands

if present red. Ovules uniseriate, 2-4. Fruit

5- 6 x 6 mm, bright red at maturity, endocarp

ribbed; glands globular to lineate dark red.

Seed globular, c. 5 mm diameter, testa brown.

miniature spearflower. Fig 8.

Additional selected specimens (from c. 42 examined):

Queensland. Cook District: S.F.R. 310, upper

Goldsborough L. A., 17 km SE of Mulgrave township. Site

34, Nov 1988, Jessup GJM1831 et al. (BRI); S.F.R. 310,

Nov 1992, Irvine 2352 (CNS); The Boulders, Babinda,

Jun 1999, Gray 7574 (CNS); The Boulders, Babinda,

Jun 1997, Jago 651 (CNS); Start of Bartle Frere walking

track, Dec 2001, Booth 2789 & Jensen (A, BRI, MEL);

T.R. 1230, Wonaroo Creek catchment, upper Russell

River, 1972, Tracey 15497 (BRI, DNA, LAE, PNH);

Westcott Road, Topaz, Jan 1996, Cooper 960 & Cooper

(CNS); Wooroonooran N.R, Tableland section near zig¬

zag, Oct 2000 , Forster PIF26309etal. (BRI); S.F.R. 755,

Austrobaileya 8(1): 1-23(2009)

ltUtltmaiB «ff TORK llfECltlflH

r*<k /$.Z£t b., r s%t

x*- t

Sptcl.l Mem ^

VC<~,

-A—,

!>■>

ANNOTATION

rc " , ' ? - J,? £'>? ^ /»>»■ A

Fig. 8. Representative specimen of Tetrardisia bifaria {Brass 18261 [BRI]).

Jackes, Ardisia and Tetrardisia

Gosschalk L.A., Mar 1995, Gray 6020 (CNS); S.F.R. 755

Bartle Frere, Gosschalk L.A., Nov 1991, Hyland 14340

(BRI, CNS); Near Topaz, Feb 1990, Nicholson s.n. (CNS

93290); N.R 226, Bartle Frere zig-zag track from Russell

River to Towalla, 250 m from river, Sep 1993, Bostock

1467 & Turpin , (BRI); Junction track, Russell River, Apr

1948, Brass 18261 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Most collections

have been made in rainforest associated

with Mt Bartle Frere and Mt Bellenden Ker

at altitudes above 600 m. However, several

specimens of Tetrardisia bifaria have been

collected at lower altitudes such as at The

Boulders, Babinda (alt. 40 m) and at 220 m in

the upper Goldsborough Valley. Although this

species has a restricted distribution it chiefly

occurs within protected areas (Map 7).

Phenology: Flowers have been collected

from August to April with a peak occurring

in January and February. Fruits recorded

from April to November but mature fruits

have been chiefly observed in September and

October.

Notes: The species is readily distinguished

from the Australian Ardisia species by the 4-

merous flowers and the sessile or subsessile,

2-ranked leaves where the cordate lobes of the

leaf base appear to clasp the stem. The flowers

and fruits are often difficult to see as they are

concealed under the leaves.

Etymology: The specific epithet is from the

Latin hi- two and -farius -ranked, referring

to the leaves being two ranked.

Excluded names

Ardisia pseudojambosa F.Muell., Fragm. 4:

81 (1864) [=Tapeinosperma pseudojambosa

(F.Muell.) Mez, fide Jackes (2005)].

Ardisia repandula F.Muell., Fragm. 4:

82 (1864) [=Tapeinosperma repandulum

(F.Muell.) Jackes, fide Jackes (2005)].

Acknowledgements

I would like to thank the Directors of the

following herbaria - BRI, CANB, MEL,

NSW and QRS (now incorporated at CNS)

for the loan of specimens: Dr O.Sida (PR)

for providing the type photograph of Ardisia

depauperata , Dr Paul Forster and staff of

the Queensland Herbarium for advice and

technical assistance.

References

Bawa, K.S. (1974). Breeding systems of tree species of

a lowland tropical community. Evolution 28:

85-92.

Bawa, K.S., Perry, D.R. & Beach, J.H. (1985).

Reproductive biology of tropical rain forest

trees. I. Sexual systems and incompatibility

mechanisms. American Journal of Botany 72:

331-345.

Bluthen, N. & Reifenrath, K. (2003). Extrafloral

nectaries in an Australian rainforest: structure

and distribution. Australian Journal of Botany

51: 515-527.

Bostock, P.D. & Holland, A.E. (eds.) (2007). Census

of the Queensland Flora 2007. Queensland

Herbarium, Environmental Protection Agency:

Brisbane.

Chen, J., & Pipoly, J.J. Ill (1995). Myrsinaceae. In

W.Zheng-yi & PH.Raven (eds). Flora of China

15: 1-38. Science Press Beijing and Missouri

Botanical Garden Press: St Louis, (available

http: //www. eF lor as. o rg)

Claussen, J. (2005). Native Plants of Christmas Island.

Flora of Australia, Supplementary Series No.

22. Australian Biological Resources Study:

Canberra.

Cooper, W. & Cooper W. (2004). Fruits of the Australian

Tropical Rainforest. Nokomis Editions:

Melbourne.

Domin, K. (1928). Beitrage zur Flora und

Pflanzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca

Botanica 89: 502-504.

Du Puy, D.J. (1993) Myrsinaceae. In H.J.Hewson &

H.S.Thompson (eds), Flora of Australia,

Oceanic islands 2, 50: 179-181. Australian

Government Publishing Service: Canberra.

Harden, G.J. (2000) Myrsinaceae. In G.J.Harden (ed.),

Flora of New South Wales, Revised Edition

1: 502. University of New South Wales Press:

Sydney.

Holmgren, P.K., Holmgren, N.H. & Barrett, L.C. (1990).

Index Herbariorum. Part 1. The Herbaria of the

World , 8 th edition. New York Botanic Gardens:

New York.

Hu, C.M. (1999). New synonyms and combinations in

Asiatic Ardisia (Myrsinaceae). Blumea 44:

391-406.

Jackes, B.R. (2005). Studies in Australian Myrsinaceae:

Tapeinosperma Hook.f. Austrobaileya 5: 99-

110 .

Kitajima, K., Fox, A.M., Sato, T. & Nagamatsu, D.

(2006). Cultivar selection prior to introduction

may increase invasiveness; evidence from

Ardisia crenata. Biological Invasions 8: 1471—

1482.

Larsen, K. & Hu, C.M. (1991). Newtaxa of Myrsinaceae

from Thailand. Nordic Journal of Botany 11:

61-78.

- (1995). Reduction of Tetrardisia to Ardisia. Nordic

Journal of Botany 15: 161-162.

- (1996). Myrsinaceae. In T.Smitinand & K.Larsen

(eds.). Flora of Thailand 6(2): 81-178. The

Forest Herbarium, Royal Forest Department:

Bangkok.

- (2001). Notes on the genus Ardisia (Myrsinaceae)

from Thailand. Nordic Journal of Botany 21:

147-148.

Mez, C.C. (1902). Myrsinaceae. In A.Engler (ed.),

Das Pflanzenreich 9(IV.236). 1-437. Cramer:

Weinheim/Bergstrafe.

Pascarella, J.B. (1997). Breeding systems of Ardisia

Sw. (Myrsinaceae). Brittonia 49: 45-53.

Pier. Pacific Island Ecosystems at Risk. (2008). http://

www.hear.org/pier/species.

Sleumer, H. (1988). A revision of the genus Ardisia

Sw. (Myrsinaceae) in New Guinea. Blumea 33:

115-140.

StAhl, B., & Anderberg, A.A. (2004). Myrsinaceae. In

K.Kubitzki (ed.). The Families and Genera of

Vascular Plants 6: 266-281. Springer-Verlag:

Berlin/Heidelberg.

Stone, B.C. (1982). Myrsinaceae. Malaysian Forester

45: 119.

- (1989). Myrsinaceae. In F.S.P.Ng (ed.). Tree Flora

of Malaya 4: 264-284. Longman Malaysia:

Kuala Lumpur.

- (1992). A revision of the genus Tetrardisia Mez

(Myrsinaceae). Malayan Nature Journal 46:

1 - 11 .

Austrobaileya 8(1): 1-23(2009)

Tomlinson, PB. (1974). Breeding mechanisms in trees

native to tropical Florida - a morphological

assessment. Journal Arnold Arboretum 55:

269-290.

Walker, E.H. (1939). Concern i ng Ardisia crispa (Thunb.)

A.DC and A. crenata Sims, confused species of

Myrsinaceae from Eastern Asia. Journal of the

Washington Academy of Sciences 29: 256-261.

White, C.T. (1939). Contributions to the Queensland

Flora, No. 6. Proceedings of the Royal Society

of Queensland 50: 66-87.

- (1942). Contributions to the Queensland Flora,

No. 7. Proceedings of the Royal Society of

Queensland 53: 201-228.

Yang, Y-P. (1999). An enumeration of Myrsinaceae in

Taiwan. Botanical Bulletin of Academia Sinica

40: 39-47.

Taxonomic and nomenclatural notes on the Eastern grey boxes

(Eucalyptus ser. Moluccanae Chippendale, Myrtaceae) and

the reinstatement of Eucalyptus woollsiana R.T.Baker

A.R. Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (2009). Taxonomic and nomenclatural notes on the Eastern grey boxes ( Eucalyptus ser.

Moluccanae Chippendale, Myrtaceae) and the reinstatement of Eucalyptus woollsiana R.T.Baker.

Austrobaileya 8(1): 25-34. Four species are recognised in the Eastern grey box group, E. moluccana

Roxb., E. albens Benth., E. woollsiana R.T.Baker and E. microcarpa (Maiden) Maiden. E. pilligaensis

is reduced to synonymy under E. woollsiana. The taxonomic status of E. microcarpa is discussed.

The nomenclature of E. woollsiana is discussed and lectotypes are selected for E. woollsiana and E.

albens. Distribution maps and a key to species are provided.

Key Words: Myrtaceae, Eucalyptus, Eucalyptus albens. Eucalyptus microcarpa. Eucalyptus

moluccana. Eucalyptus pilligaensis. Eucalyptus woollsiana, Australia, Australian flora, taxonomy,

nomenclature, identification keys

A.R.Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment & Resource Management, Brisbane Botanic

Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: tony.bean@derm.qld.gov.au

Introduction

The Eastern grey box group {Eucalyptus ser.

Moluccanae) was established by Chippendale

(1988), who included four species, viz. E.

moluccana Roxb., E. microcarpa (Maiden)

Maiden, E. albens Benth. and E. pilligaensis

Maiden. These species are commonly referred

to as the “Eastern grey boxes” or the “Grey

boxes”. This group is defined by the grey

scaly box-bark persistent on the trunk and

sometimes on larger branches; deciduous

bark shedding in long ribbons; the adnate

anthers; the presence of two opercula, both

held until maturity (and hence operculum

scar absent); mature buds with one or more

longitudinal ridges, sometimes extending to

the operculum; stamens all fertile; the fruits

often slightly or distinctly barrel-shaped, i.e.

broadest below the distal end of the fruit; and

the fruiting valves deeply enclosed.

Brooker (2000) altered the rank and

circumscription of the group. His Eucalyptus

supraspeciesAfo/Mcca«ae(Chippendale)Brooker

included nine species, viz. E. moluccana ,

E. microcarpa , E. pilligaensis , E. albens , E.

polybractea R.T.Baker, E. odorata Behr, E.

viridis R.T.Baker, E. persistens L.A.S.Johnson

Accepted for publication 1 September 2009

& K.D.Hill and E. lansdowneana subsp.

albopurpurea Boomsa (now E. albopurpurea

(Boomsa) D.Nicolle). The recently named

Eucalyptus castrensis K.D.Hill (Hill &

Stanberg 2002) and E. aenea K.D.Hill (Hill

1997) could reasonably be added to this

group.

This paper deals with the four species

of ser. Moluccanae of Chippendale (1988).

These are the only species known as the

“Eastern grey boxes”. With the exception of

Eucalyptus odorata , the other species included

by Brooker (2000) are either mallees or are

geographically disjunct from occurrences of

Eastern grey boxes.

Clinal variation in eucalypts: There are

a great number of Eucalyptus species that

are relatively uniform and can always be

distinguished from their relatives, e.g.

E. tenuipes (Maiden & Blakely) Blakely &

C.T.White, E. longifolia Link, E. robusta Sm.

While identification of these species may

not always be easy, they do not appear to

intergrade with any other species.

However, eucalyptologists have long

acknowledged that for other species there is

extensive intergradation or clinal variation

within and between them. For instance,

Eucalyptus populnea F.Muell. and E. brownii

Maiden & Cambage intergrade extensively

in central Queensland (Pedley 1969), and

identification in the overlap zone is achieved

by applying arbitrary rules such as the length-

breadth ratio of adult leaves. Eucalyptus

saligna and E. botryoides intergrade south of

Sydney (Passioura & Ash 1993) and a number

of species pairs in the eastern Red gum group

(Eucalyptus subser. Erythroxyla ) intergrade

extensively (Brooker & Slee 2000).

For the Eastern grey box group, numerous

botanists e.g. Maiden (1921), Blakely (1934),

Pryor & Johnson (1971), Gillison (1976),

Hill (1991), Brooker & Slee (1996), Brooker

& Kleinig (2006), Nicolle (2006) have

acknowledged that there is intergradation or

clinal variation between its member species.

The PhD thesis of Gillison (1976) was an

attempt to classify the Eastern Grey box

taxa using numerical taxonomic techniques.

He proposed a number of subspecies for

E. moluccana, but these were never validly

published.

The range of variation exhibited by this

group is too great for the recognition of

only one species, but when four species are

recognised (as is currently the case), the species

are very difficult to define and consistently

identify. Previous reported differences

between species have often been vague.

For instance, Brooker et al. (1984) said that

Eucalyptus moluccana “differs from the other

Grey boxes E. microcarpa and E. pilligaensis

in the broader leaves, usually less rough bark

and taller habit”. Hill (1991) keyed Eucalyptus

moluccana from E. microcarpa by the bud

length (not borne out in the descriptions) and

the width of the adult leaves.

My field investigations have clearly

indicated that there is clinal variation within

and across all taxa, at least in some parts of

their range. On the other hand, there are clear

and distinct morphological changes in some

areas.

In view of the poorly defined differences

between taxa and the intergradation between

them, one could argue that three species

only (Eucalyptus moluccana, E. albens and

E. woollsiana ) should be recognised, with the

Austrobaileya 8(1): 25-34 (2009)

typical form of E. microcarpa being merged

with E. moluccana , and the southern New

South Wales, Victorian and South Australian

populations of E. microcarpa included with

either E. woollsiana or E. odorata. However, I

have maintained the status quo for Eucalyptus

microcarpa here because of my lack of field

knowledge of the group in Victoria and South

Australia.

As with many other groups within

Eucalyptus , the identification to species

of herbarium specimens of Eastern grey

boxes can be difficult. The juvenile leaves,

so useful in the classification of Eucalyptus

spp., are only rarely represented in herbarium

material. It therefore falls to field observations

or seedling trials to gather information on the

juvenile leaf morphology.

Materials and methods

The data and descriptions presented here are

based largely on a morphological study of

herbarium specimens at BRI and NSW, as well

as type material at K and MEL. This has been

supported by extensive field examinations of

Eastern grey box populations by the author

throughout much of Queensland and New

South Wales over the last twenty years. All

measurements are based on dried herbarium

specimens.

Taxonomy

Eucalyptus series Moluccanae Chippendale,

FI. Australia 19:501 (1988). Type: E. moluccana

Roxb.

Trees, single-trunked. Persistent bark scaly or

finely tessellated, uniformly grey or mottled

with various shades of grey; deciduous bark

grey, white, yellow or coppery, somewhat

shiny, shedding in long ribbons. Terminal

paniculate inflorescences and axillary

simple inflorescences often both present.

Mature buds with one or more longitudinal

ridges, sometimes extending to the opercula.

Opercula two, both shedding at anthesis,

operculum scar absent. Stamens all fertile;

filaments white, inflexed; anthers adnate.

Fruits with deeply enclosed valves.

Bean, Eastern Grey Boxes

Key to species of the Eastern grey box group

1 Fruits cupular to obconical, 2.3-4.2 mm long; juvenile leaves linear to

lanceolate (5-20 times longer than broad); adult leaves 5.5-15 times

longer than broad.1. E. woollsiana

1. Fruits slightly to distinctly barrel-shaped, sometimes cupular, (3—)4—13

mm long; juvenile leaves ovate to orbicular (1.4-5 times longer than

wide); adult leaves 2.9-6.8 times longer than broad.2

2 Buds, fruits and branchlets glaucous; fruits 8-13 mm long.2. E. albens

2. Buds, fruits and branchlets not glaucous; fruits (3-)4-7.5 mm long.3

3 Juvenile leaves broadly-ovate to almost orbicular, 1.4-2.8 times longer

than broad; fruits 4-7.5 x 3.5-6 mm; adult leaves 2.1-5(-6) cm wide

.3. E. moluccana

3. Juvenile leaves ovate to broadly lanceolate, 2.5-5 times longer than broad;

fruits (3-)4-6.5 x 3-5.5 mm; adult leaves 1.4-3.4 cm wide.4. E. microcarpa

I. Eucalyptus woollsiana R.T.Baker, Proc.

Linn. Soc. New South Wales 25: 684 (1900,

publ. 1901). Type citation: “Girilambone,

Cobar, and Trangie (W. Baeuerlen); Nyngan

andMurga(R. H. Cambage)” Type: New South

Wales. Nyngan, June 1900, R.H.Cambage s.n.

(lecto [here designated]: NSW321382).

Eucalyptus odorata var. woollsiana Maiden,

Crit. Revis. Eucalyptus 2: 32 (1910). Types:

Mount Boppy, near Cobar, J.L.Boorman,

Girilambone to Condobolin, W.Baeuerlen,

Condobolin, R.H.Cambage ; Gilgandra,

R.H.Cambage, on the plains near Baradine,

W.Forsyth, 18 miles from Dubbo, W.Forsyth,

Castlereagh River, W. Woods', Narrabri,

J. H.Maiden, Narrabri West, J.L.Boorman,

Pilliga, J.L.Boorman, Denman, W.Heron

(all syn: NSW).

Eucalyptus pilligaensis Maiden, J. & Proc.

Roy. Soc. New South Wales 54: 163 (1920),

syn. nov. Type: New South Wales. Narrabri,

November 1899, J.H.Maiden s.n. (holo: NSW

[2 sheets; NSW322074 & NSW322075]).

Illustrations : Brooker & Kleinig (2004: 323),

as E. pilligaensis, Brooker & Kleinig (2006:

221), as E. pilligaensis.

Bark persistent on trunk to base of primary

branches, mid- to dark-grey, smooth bark grey

to yellow or coppery. Juvenile leaves linear

to broadly-lanceolate, dull but not glaucous,

8.5-13 x 0.7-2.5 cm, 5-15 times longer than

broad. Adult leaves narrow-lanceolate to

lanceolate, ± glossy, 9-13 x 0.8-2 cm, 5.5-15

times longer than wide, straight or slightly

falcate. Inflorescence 5-7-flowered, axillary

or in short panicles. Peduncles 2-7 mm long,

± terete. Pedicel angular, 1.5-5 mm long,

angles extending to base of hypanthium and

sometimes onto operculum. Mature buds

broadly ellipsoid, not glaucous, 3.3-5.5 mm

long, 2-2.6 mm wide. Operculum conical,

about same length as hypanthium, acute.

Fruiting pedicel 1-3.5 mm long. Fruits

cupular, not glaucous, 2.3-4.2 mm long, 2.7-

3.6 mm wide, disc descending, valves 3 or 4.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Maranoa District: 11 km NE of Mt Owen Homestead,

c. 140 km N of Mitchell, Nov 2006, Bean 25849

(BRI); 25 miles [40 km] from Ogilby corner towards

Womblebank, Apr 1975, Brooker B4889 (BRI). Darling

Downs District: c. 7.4 km W on Mt Myrtle road from

Miles - Wandoan road (Leichhardt Highway), Oct

1993, Slee 3466 (BRI, CANB); 21 miles [34 km] ENE

of Chinchilla, Jun 1968, Johnston 585 (BRI, CANB);

Yuleba S.F., 46 km by road W of Condamine and c. 14

km S of Condamine Highway, Apr 2004, Thomas 2598

(BRI); Coomrith Station near Meandarra, Jul 1969,

Webb 8303 (BRI); Mingimarny S.F. 131, 20 km S of

Milmerran, Apr 1995, Forster PIF16450 (BRI); Bracker

S.F., Catfish Creek (south branch), 5 km due W of Texas

- Inglewood road, Oct 1994, Sparshott KMS343 (BRI);

1 km E of Kurumbul, Feb 1996, Bean 9825 (BRI). New

South Wales. North Western Plains: c. 30 km SE of

Boggabilla, May 1986, King 32 (NSW); adjacent to

“Currotha” Homestead, c. 80 km W of Moree, Jan

1999, Wannan 1056 (NSW); Cuttabri, Aug 1919, Jensen

s.n. (NSW); between Narrabri and Wee Waa, south of

Namoi River, Feb 1964, Walker s.n. (NSW); 1.2 km

along Cherry road, 27 km S of Narrabri, Mar 2008,

Bean 27749 (BRI, NSW); Bilambil, 9 miles [15 km] W of

Baradine, Mar 1951, Constable s.n. (NSW); 4.6 km E of

Paisley Junction, c. 50 km SSW of Nyngan, Mar 2008,

Bean 27683 (BRI, NSW). South Western Plains: c. 10

km NW of Five Ways, about 50 km SSW of Nyngan,

Mar 2008, Bean 27690 (BRI, CANB); 47 km S of Five

Ways, towards Condobolin, Mar 2008, Bean 27692

(BRI); 19 km from Nymagee on Condobolin road, Sep

1992, Hill 4270 (NSW); 24.7 km NNW of Condobolin,

on road to Cobar, Mar 2008, Bean 27699 (BRI, CANB,

NSW). Central Western Slopes: 9.2 km from Parkes,

on road to Wellington, Mar 2008, Bean 27704 (BRI);

Wongajong, near Forbes, Aug 1904, Holdsworth s.n.

(NSW); Ardlethan, Nov 1917, Boorman s.n. (NSW).

Southwestern Slopes: SW side of Sturt Hwy at stockpile

site (c. 2km SE of Sandigo), 25.2 km SE of Narrandera,

Nov 2000, Jobson 6844 (NSW).

Distribution and habitat : Eucalyptus

woollsiana is widespread from southern

Queensland (e.g. Injune, Chinchilla) to

southern inland New South Wales (Map

1). The actual southern extent is blurred by

intergradation with Eucalyptus microcarpa.

In Queensland and northern New South Wales,

it frequently grows on flat land with brigalow

{Acacia harpophylla ) or belah {Casuarina

cristata ), on heavy black clay soils. Further

south, it tends to grow on undulating terrain

with other eucalypts, notably Eucalyptus

Austrobaileya 8(1): 25-34 (2009)

populnea. The soils, while still clayey, vary in

colour and texture.

Typification: There has been considerable

confusion about the typification and

application of this name since its publication

on 20 th May 1901.

Maiden (1921: 202) wrote “I have

received, in response to my request for types

[of E. woollsiana ], specimens labelled by

Mr. Baker, Condobolin and Girilambone to

Condobolin” The two sheets mentioned by

Maiden, namely “Condobolin” (NSW118270)

and “Girilambone to Condobolin”

(NSW118269) both belong to a taxon in the

Eastern grey box group, allied to E. moluccana

and E. microcarpa. Gillison (1976) and

Chippendale (1988) accepted Baeuerlen’s

“Girilambone to Condobolin” specimen as

the type of E. woollsiana.

However, Article 9.10 of the International

Code for Botanical Nomenclature states that

the lectotype must be chosen from amongst

the syntypes, if such exist. Baker’s protologue

corresponds to a minimum of five specimens,

some collected by W. Baeuerlen and some

by R. Cambage. It is apparent that only three

gatherings matching the protologue details are

now extant at NSW, where Baker’s herbarium

is now housed. They are 1. Girilambone,

March 1900, Baeuerlen 2578] 2. Girilambone,

January 1900, Baeuerlen s.n.] and 3. Nyngan,

June 1900, R.H. Cambage s.n.

Both of the Baeuerlen gatherings are

referrable to Eucalyptus viridis R.T. Baker.

Only the Cambage gathering is referrable to

the species of tree-form with the short pedicels

and lanceolate juvenile leaves. Article 9.17

of the Code states that when the synytpes

comprise more than one taxon, the chosen

lectotype must be in accordance with the

taxon that best matches the description given

in the protologue. In this case, the species of

tree-form with short pedicels and lanceolate

juvenile leaves is clearly the intended species.

Therefore, the Cambage specimen at NSW is

designated as the lectotype.

Notes: It is not surprising that Baker and

later workers confused herbarium material

of Eucalyptus woollsiana and E. viridis.

Bean, Eastern Grey Boxes

Both species have narrow green leaves,

no operculum scar, small fruits, and

predominantly axillary inflorescences. In

the herbarium, the typical form of E. viridis

may be distinguished by the longer and more

attenuate buds, the broader fruits, the slightly

narrower adult leaves, and the longer pedicels

on both buds and fruits. When juvenile

leaves are present, these provide a further

differentiation - those of E. woollsiana are

lanceolate near the type locality, whereas

E. viridis juveniles are linear. In the field,

there is little likelihood of confusion;

E. woollsiana is invariably a tree to 20 metres

high. E. viridis is invariably a mallee to 8 m

which can occur in the same general area as

E. woollsiana (e.g. S of Nyngan), but is never

associated with it.

Gillison (1976) wrote “the type locality

now appears to be devoid of box trees of the

type described by Baker, particularly near

Girilambone where E. viridis is common”

He then went on to postulate that all the

E. woollsiana trees near Girilambone had

been destroyed for pit-props and railway

sleepers in the early 20 th century. It is true

that E. woollsiana (as to lectotype) does

not now occur in the Girilambone area, but

I contend that it was never there in the first

place. Baker’s citation of ‘Girilambone’ in

the protologue of E. woollsiana is based on

specimens of E. viridis.

Blakely (1934) and Johnston & Marryatt

(1965) accepted Eucalyptus woollsiana as

a distinct species. Hall et al. (1970) treated

E. woollsiana and E. microcarpa on the

same page, because they “are so closely

related”, and distinguished them only on

the shape of the juvenile and adult leaves.

Pryor & Johnson (1971) foreshadowed the

reduction of E. microcarpa to a subspecies of

E. woollsiana , but this did not occur. Brooker

& Kleinig (1983) treated E. microcarpa as

an accepted species with the notation in

brackets “includes E. woollsiana”. Brooker

et al. (1984) repeated this statement. Since

then, E. woollsiana has been relegated to

synonymy with E. microcarpa , despite the

fact that woollsiana is the earlier name by 20

years.

The acceptance of Eucalyptus microcarpa

over E. woollsiana appears to stem from

Gillison (1976) who wrote “For the present... I

cannot accept E. woollsiana as a valid species.

The taxonomic position of the lectotype is

not clear. I have examined the specimen

‘Woollsiana No. 1’ from Girilambone to

Condobolin (W. Baeuerlen, Sept. 1900) which

is a mixture of at least two taxonomically

distinct specimens”. It is perhaps true that

the branchlet at the far left hand side of that

specimen belongs to another gathering or

taxon, but as it is sterile, it is difficult to say.

Certainly all of the fertile branchlets are from

the same taxon, and are consistent with a

single gathering.

Gillison (1976) rejected Eucalyptus

woollsiana with the following statement: “The

retention of E. woollsiana as a species can

serve no useful purpose, neither is it useful to

consider it as ‘geminate’ with E. microcarpa

in view of its intergradations with other

taxa, in particular E. pilligaensis. Under

the circumstances I consider the lectotype

specimen is part of a hybrid swarm.”

It is indisputable that there is clinal

variation occurring between members of the

Eastern grey box group, but in the Nyngan

area the Grey box taxon is quite uniform in

morphology. Therefore it is difficult to see

how the lectotype could be interpreted as “part

of a hybrid swarm”, and it is not acceptable

to invalidate Eucalyptus woollsiana on this

basis.

Eucalyptus woollsiana does not have the

ovate juvenile leaves and the rather broad adult

leaves that characterise typical E. microcarpa ,

and the fruits of E. woollsiana are smaller

and cupular to obconical in shape. Hence they

cannot be considered synonymous. However,

E. woollsiana populations occurring near

Nyngan (the type area) have all the features

of E. pilligaensis. Maiden distinguished

E. pilligaensis on the basis of its narrow

“sucker leaves” and small fruits, but these

are also the salient features of E. woollsiana.

They are here considered synonymous. There

is variation in the width of juvenile leaves

within E. woollsiana ; populations from the

Yelarbon - Inglewood area of Queensland have

linear juvenile leaves, while the lanceolate

juveniles seen around Narrabri (type locality

of E. pilligaensis ) are very similar to those

encountered between Nyngan and Condobolin

(near the type locality of E. woollsiana).

2. Eucalyptus albens Benth., FI. Austral. 3:

219 (1867); E. hemiphloia var. albens (Benth.)

Maiden, Forest FI. New South Wales 1: 131

(1904). Type citation: “NSW. Macquarie

River, A. Cunningham ; New England, ‘White

Gum’, C. Stuart ; between Alford’s and the

Range, ‘Box’, Leichhardt. Victoria. Poor

plains, between Ten-mile Creek and Broken

River, ‘White Box’, F.Mueller ”. Type: [New

South Wales], New England, undated, C.Stuart

s.n. (lecto [here designated]: K000347583;

isolecto: MEL73265).

Illustrations : Brooker & Kleinig (2004: 324);

Boland et al. (2006: 465); Brooker & Kleinig

(2006: 223).

Trunk and all primary branches rough-barked,

pale grey; smooth bark white to grey. Juvenile

leaves broadly ovate to orbicular, glaucous,

9-15 x 4-10 cm, 1.4-2.6 times longer than

broad. Adult leaves lanceolate to ovate, 7.5-

15 x 1.6-3.8 cm, 3.4-8.4 times longer than

wide. Umbels 7-9-flowered, young buds

and pedicels very angular, mature buds with

one or more longitudinal ridges, sometimes

extending to the operculum, pedicels 2-5

mm long; mature buds broadly ellipsoidal,

glaucous, 10-14 x 4-6 mm; operculum about

same length as hypanthium; fruits barrel¬

shaped, glaucous, 8-13 mm long, 5.3-8 mm

across, pedicels 0-13 mm long.

Additional selected specimens examined : South

Australia. Along roadside to Bangor, 4.8 km S of Melrose

(c. 60 km SE of Port Augusta), May 1977, Boomsma

235 (NSW); S of Mt Remarkable, Jan 1970, Brown s.n.

(NSW). Queensland. Darling Downs District: 6.1 miles

N of Yamsion on Bunya Mountains road. May 1961,

Smith 11363 (BRI); 3.3 km E of Kulpi, towards Haden,

Jul 2002, Bean 19085 (BRI); Maryvale, Mar 1953, Blake

19129 (BRI); Warwick - Inglewood road, W of Karara,

Cunningham Highway, May 1994, Grimshaw G661

(BRI); near the summit of Mt Malakoff at the junction of

Monday Creek and the Severn River, SW of Stanthorpe,

Apr 1988, Thomas 284 (BRI). New South Wales. North

Western Slopes: Warialda, Jun 1970, Kleinschmidt 106

(BRI); 37.7 km from Barraba, towards Gunnedah, Dec

1995, Bean 9390 (BRI); Oxley Park, Tamworth, Jun

1985, Hosking s.n. (NSW). Northern Tablelands: 6.2

km W of Baldersleigh, between Armidale and Bundarra,

Austrobaileya 8(1): 25-34 (2009)

Dec 2008, Bean 28406 (BRI). Central Western Slopes:

9 km NW of Cassilis along the road to Coolah, Sep 1988,

Greater 20615 (NSW); Merric property on ridge c. 1.5

km W of homestead. May 1988, Hill 2793 (BRI); 3.5 km

SSE of Grenfell towards Young, Apr 1974, Chippendale

956 (NSW). Central Tablelands: Cadia, c. 24 km S of

Orange, Nov 1991, Rodd 6248 (NSW). South Western

Slopes: c. 5 km directly east of Bethungra and 31 km

directly ENE of Junee, Oct 1991, Parris 9938 (NSW).

Southern Tablelands: Wee Jasper Creek, Tumut, Nov

1949, Rodway 15094 (NSW); Jacobs Ladder, Snowy

Mountains, Tongaroo River, Feb 1960, Raeder-Roitzsch

s.n. (NSW). Victoria. Warby Range, 1.5 km S of

Glenrowan, Apr 1985, Briggs 1862 (NSW); 16.2 km

ESE Yarrawonga towards Rutherglen on Murray Valley

Highway, Jul 1975, Chippendale 1394 (BRI, NSW); 1.5

miles [2.4 km] N of Ballantyne Gap towards Snowy

River, Sep 1975, Brooker 4975 (BRI, NSW); Tongio

Gap, Oct 1977, Carr 2220 (BRI, NSW).

Distribution and habitat : Eucalyptus albens

has a limited occurrence in Queensland,

confined to higher altitudes on heavy soils

west of the Great Dividing Range, and south

from the Bunya Mountains. It is however,

very common in a broad band on the western

slopes of the Great Divide in New South

Wales, in northern Victoria, and near Melrose

in South Australia (Map 2). It inhabits flat to

undulating terrain with fertile clayey soils.

Notes : Johnson (1962) discussed at length

the authorship of Eucalyptus albens , and I

Map 2. Distribution of Eucalyptus albens

Bean, Eastern Grey Boxes

endorse his conclusion that Bentham should

be attributed as the sole author of the name.

Eucalyptus albens overlaps in distribution

with E. moluccana , usually without

intergradation, although Hill (1991) mentioned

that it intergrades with E. moluccana in the

upper Hunter Valley. According to Brooker

& Slee (1996), E. albens intergrades with

E. microcarpa in eastern and central parts of

Victoria.

Typification : The lectotype of Eucalyptus

albens consists of a single branchlet bearing

adult leaves and several umbels of flowers.

On the label is written “Eucalyptus dealbata

A.C./ New England, N.S.W./ C. St.” The

isolectotype at MEL has two branchlets

bearing adult leaves, mature buds and open

flowers, while there are loose mature fruits in

a fragment packet.

3. Eucalyptus moluccana Roxb., FI. Indica ,

2 nd edition, 2: 2 (1832). Type: cultivated

at Amboyna, s.dat., C. Smith s.n. (iso:

BM000944059 [image at BRI ]),fide Johnson

(1962).

Eucalyptus hemiphloia F.Muell. ex Benth.,

FI. Austral. 3: 216 (1867). Type: Queensland.

Moreton Bay, F.Mueller s.n. (syn: MEL); New

South Wales. Parramatta, W. Woolls s.n. (syn:

MEL).

Illustrations: Brooker & Kleinig (2004: 321)

and (2004: 322, as E. microcarpa ); Boland

et al. (2006: 461); Brooker & Kleinig (2006:

222); Melzer & Plumb (2007: 240).

Bark persistent on trunk to base of primary

branches, mid- to dark-grey, smooth bark

white to grey. Juvenile leaves broadly ovate to

almost orbicular, dull but not glaucous, 10-15

x 3.5-10 cm, 1.4-2.8 times longer than broad.

Adult leaves lanceolate to broadly-lanceolate,

8-15 x 2.1-5(-6) cm, 2.9-4.5 times longerthan

wide. Umbels 5-9(-ll)-flowered, young buds

and pedicels very angular, mature buds with

one or more longitudinal ridges, sometimes

extending to the operculum, pedicels 2-5

mm long; mature buds broadly ellipsoidal,

not glaucous, 6-8.5(-9.5) x 3-4.5 mm;

operculum about same length as hypanthium;

fruits usually at least slightly barrel-shaped,

occasionally cupular or obconical, not

glaucous, 4-7.5 mm long, 3.5-6 mm across,

pedicels 0.5-5 mm long.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: 12.5 km E of Bakerville towards

Herberton, Oct 1976, Kleinig DK315 (BRI). North

Kennedy District: 0.5 km S of Herberton on road to

Wondecla, Aug 1984, Clarkson 5483 (BRI); 10 miles

[16 km] NE of ‘Valley of Lagoons’ Station, Jul 1953,

Lazarides 3761 (BRI); Near South Pinnacle, 25 km

SW of Townsville, Sep 1992, Bean 5069 (BRI). South

Kennedy District: Scawfell Island N.P., 50 km ENE of

Mackay, Nov 1986, Batianoff5560 (BRI, NSW); 21 km

from Eungella, towards Eungella Dam, Feb 2003, Bean

20020 (BRI, NSW). Port Curtis District: 14.8 km SW of

Yeppoon towards Rockhampton, Sep 1974, Chippendale

GC1122 (BRI, NSW); 37 km NW of Gladstone, S.F. 60

Rundle Range, Aug 1989, Gibson TOI685 (BRI, NSW);

12.8 km NE of Bororen, Apr 1970, Boyland 1515 (BRI).

Leichhardt District: 23.5 km E of Dingo, Brooker

10228 (BRI, NSW); Buckland Tableland, E of Van Dyke

Creek via Springsure, Apr 1988, Bean 795 (BRI, NSW).

Burnett District: 3 km S of Kalpowar along road to

Monto, May 1977, Crisp 2684 (BRI); 28 miles [45 km]

S of Goomeri towards Nanango, Aug 1972, Brooker

3751 (BRI). Wide Bay District: 3 km SSE of Tiaro on

Bruce Highway, Sep 1974, Chippendale GC1141 (BRI,

NSW); Moy Pocket Road, 3km SE of Brooloo, Apr 1993,

Bean 6004 (BRI). Darling Downs District: 15 km SSE

of Leyburn, Jan 1973, Pedley 4065 (BRI); Graymare

W of Warwick, Jul 1951, Blake 18778 (BRI, NSW).

Moreton District: North of Somerset Dam, Feb 1939,

Blake 13958 (BRI, NSW); Dinmore, Mar 1887, Bailey

s.n. (BRI, NSW). New South Wales. North Coast:

Richmond Range at Busbys Flat and Mallanganee, Dec

1920, Rnmmery s.n. (NSW); 2.1 km along Orara Way

from Grafton - Nymboida road, Nov 2004, Johnston

1443 (NSW). Northern Tablelands: 10.4 miles [16.6

km] east of Armidale, Feb 1973, Brooker 3907 (BRI,

NSW). North Western Slopes: 1 km W of Tamworth

Airport, Jan 1975, Johnson 7885 (NSW). Central

Western Slopes: 18.4 km SE Murrurundi on New

England Highway, Apr 1975, Chippendale 1229 (BRI,

NSW); 16.4 km from Scone towards Merriwa, Nov

1990, Brooker 10631 (BRI, CANB, NSW). Central

Coast: 6.8 km from Glenorie - Wisemans Ferry road

towards Sackville, May 1974, Chippendale 1015 (BRI,

NSW); Off main Southern Road, Cabramatta, Sep 1917,

Austin s.n. (NSW). South Coast: 1.8 km N of Klimpton

on Princes Highway, between Parma and Currambene

Creeks, Sep 1975, Brooker 4926 (BRI, NSW).

Distribution and habitat: In New South

Wales, Eucalyptus moluccana occurs from

Port Jervis in the south, and as far west as the

western slopes of the New England Tableland.

In Queensland, it grows mainly within 150 km

of the coast, but extends further inland around

Durong, Taroom, and Duaringa. It occurs as

far north as Herberton, and the most westerly

occurrence is on Consuelo Tableland in the

Carnarvon National Park (Map 3). The soils

are typically heavy clays (though sometimes

sandy on the surface), and it is most often

found on alluvial situations or lower slopes of

hills, but sometimes on basaltic ridges.

Notes: The fruits borne on Eucalyptus

moluccana around the Consuelo Tableland in

central Queensland have an average length of

7.0 mm. This is much longer than elsewhere

in Queensland, although comparable sizes

are found on the central coast and northern

tablelands of New South Wales. In other parts

of Queensland, the average fruit length varies

from 4.8 mm (Le, Pc, Bn districts) to 5.8 mm

(Mo, Dd, Sk districts).

Typification: The isotype of Eucalyptus

moluccana at BM consists of a sprig bearing

Map 3. Distribution of Eucalyptus moluccana

Austrobaileya 8(1): 25-34 (2009)

a few leaves and a few inflorescences on a

second small branchlet. These inflorescences

bear open flowers and a single mature

bud. The combination of the apparently

compound inflorescences, the leaf shape and

venation, the lack of glaucousness and the

bud shape provide strong evidence to support

Johnson’s claim that Eucalyptus moluccana is

synonymous with E. hemiphloia.

4. Eucalyptus microcarpa (Maiden) Maiden,

Crit. Revis. Eucalyptus 6: 438 (1923); E.

hemiphloia var. microcarpa Maiden, Forest

FI. New South Wales 1: 131 (1904). Type:

New South Wales. Gulgong, April 1904,

J.H. Maiden & J.L.Boorman s.n. (holo:

NSW).

Illustrations: Jones & Jones (1999: 108);

Boland et al. (2006: 463); Brooker & Kleinig

(2006: 220).

Bark persistent on trunk to base of primary

branches, or sometimes rough bark extending

to the medium and small branches, mid- to

dark-grey; smooth bark grey to yellow or

coppery. Juvenile leaves ovate to broadly

lanceolate, dull but not glaucous, 9-16 x

1.8-6 cm, 2.5-5 times longer than broad.

Adult leaves lanceolate to broadly-lanceolate,

7-15 x 1.4-3.4 cm, 3.3-6.8 times longer than

wide. Umbels 5-7-flowered, young buds and

pedicels very angular, mature buds with

one or more longitudinal ridges, sometimes

extending to the operculum, pedicels 2-4 mm

long; mature buds broadly ellipsoidal, not

glaucous, 4.5-8 x 1.8-4 mm; operculum about

same length as hypanthium; fruits usually

at least slightly barrel-shaped, occasionally

cupular or obconical, not glaucous, (3-)4-6.5

mm long, 3-5.5 mm across, pedicels 0.5-4

mm long.

Additional selected specimens examined: South

Australia. Flinders Range, Mt Remarkable foothills,

Melrose, Sep 1946, Blake 16927 (BRI); Braeside, 18

km S of Shepherds Hill Reserve O’Halloran Hill,

Oct 1968, Boomsma s.n. (NSW); 20 km N of Frances

towards Bordertown, Mar 1995, Brooker 12165 (NSW).

Queensland. Maranoa District: Mt Brandon, Apr 1936,

Blake 11145 (BRI); 9.2 km from Mungallala towards

Mitchell, Apr 1986, Bean 428 (BRI, NSW); 7.8 km E

of Mungallala on Charleville - Mitchell road, Jul 1989,

Blaxell 89007 ( BRI, NSW); 45 km from Mitchell towards

Bollon, Mar 2001, Bean 17545 (BRI); Murphey Creek, 3

km E of Cedarilla -Megine road, Jul 1981, Neldner &

Thomas 383 (BRI). New South Wales. Central Western

Bean, Eastern Grey Boxes

Slopes: Dunedoo - Merrygoen road, Aug 1950, Johnson

s.n. (NSW); Boomley to Caratel, Aug 1950, Johnson s.n.

(NSW); Wollar, c. 30 miles [48km] N of Rylstone, Sep

1948, Constable s.n. (NSW); 23.2 kmNNE of Marsden

on Newell Highway, Apr 1974, Chippendale 950 (BRI,

NSW); SW of West Wyalong, Blue Mallee S.F., Apr

1992, Sivertsen 1399 (NSW). South Western Slopes:

19.1 km NNE of Wagga Wagga on Olympic Highway,

Apr 1974, Chippendale 929 (BRI, NSW); Mooney

Swamp Road, NE of Deniliquin, Aug 1992, Porteners

920800 (NSW); between Walbundrie & Henty, Oct 1967,

Hall 29 (NSW). Victoria. Near Pyramid Creek, 14.3 km

W of Cohuna towards Kerang, Jul 1975, Chippendale

GC1389 (BRI, NSW); NE side of Arnold Road, 7.1 km

SE of Inglewood, Aug 1995, Jobson 3695 (BRI, NSW);

c. 8 km south of Benalla on Midland Highway; adjacent

to Warrenbayne S.F., Aug 1994, Brooker 11973 (NSW);

5 km W of Edenhope on Naracoorte road. Mar 1986, Hill

1684 (NSW); Melbourne area, Melton South, 100-200

metres E from Melton Railway Station, Feb 1991, Stajsic

174 (NSW).

Distribution and habitat : Eucalyptus

microcarpa, as currently circumscribed, is

widespread from the central western slopes of

New South Wales (south from Dunedoo and

Gulgong) and in northern, western and central

Victoria and into South Australia. There is

also a limited occurrence in the Mitchell area

of southern Queensland (Map 4). It occurs on

ranges, hills and undulating rises in clay-loam

soils.

Notes : Maiden established Eucalyptus

hemiphloia var. microcarpa as a “small-

Map 4. Distribution of Eucalyptus microcarpa

fruited form”, but when a large number of

specimens are examined there is in fact no

significant difference in fruit size between

specimens identified as E. moluccana and

those identified as E. microcarpa.

Eastern grey box populations in the

Mitchell area of southern Queensland are

tentatively included here in Eucalyptus

microcarpa , as the juvenile leaves are too

broad to be accommodated by E. woollsiana

as currently circumscribed, and the habitat

for the Mitchell populations (undulating

rises and residuals) is rather different to the

usual habitat for E. woollsiana in southern

Queensland ( i.e. clay plains).

In western Victoria and South Australia,

Eucalyptus microcarpa has rough bark

extending to the medium and small branches,

and is often difficult to distinguish from

E. odorata (Nicolle 2006).

Eastern grey box populations close to

the type locality of Eucalyptus microcarpa

are very close to E. moluccana , apparently

differing only by the somewhat narrower

juvenile leaves in E. microcarpa. Meanwhile,

populations from southern inland N.S.W.

and northern Victoria are closely allied to

E. woollsiana.

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to Ian Brooker and Dean Nicolle

for helpful discussions, and to Gordon Guymer

and two anonymous referees for reviewing

the manuscript. Tony Orchard (Australian

Botanical Liaison Officer 2008-09) sent

images of the isotype of E. moluccana. Peter

Bostock and Will Smith prepared the

distribution maps. I thank the Director of the

National Herbarium of New South Wales for

access to the eucalypt collections during my

visit to Sydney.

References

Boland, D.J., Brooker, M.I.H., Chippendale, G.M.,

Hall, N., Hyland, B.P.M., Johnson, R.D.,

Kleinig, D.A., Mcdonald, M.W. & Turner, J.D.

(2006). Forest Trees of Australia , 5 th edition.

CSIRO Publishing: Collingwood, Victoria.

Brooker, M.I.H. & Kleinig, D.A. (1983). Field Guide to

Eucalypts , Volume 1, South-eastern Australia.

Inkata Press: Melbourne and Sydney.

- (2004). Field Guide to Eucalypts , Volume 3,

Northern Australia, 2 nd edition. Bloomings

Books: Melbourne.

- (2006). Field Guide to Eucalypts , Volume 1,

South-eastern Australia , 3 rd edition. Bloomings

Books: Melbourne.

Brooker, M.I.H., Kleinig, D.A. & Boland, D.J. (1984).

Eucalyptus. In D.J.Boland (ed.), Forest Trees

of Australia , 4 th edition, pp. 193-549. Nelson/

CSIRO: Melbourne.

Brooker, M.I.H. & Slee, A.V. (1996). Eucalyptus. In

N.G.Walsh & T.J.Entwisle (eds.), Flora of

Victoria 3: 946-1009. Inkata Press: Melbourne.

- (2000). Studies in the Red Gums of South¬

eastern Australia with particular emphasis on

Eucalyptus subser. Erythroxyla. Australian

Forestry 63: 86-106.

Gillison, A.N. (1976). Taxonomy and Autecology of

the Grey Box {Eucalyptus moluccana Roxb.

sens. I at .) - Myrtaceae. Australian National

University, unpublished PhD thesis.

Hall, N., Johnston, R.D. & Chippendale, G.M.

(1970). Forest Trees of Australia. Australian

Government Publishing Service: Canberra.

Hill, K.D. (1991). Eucalyptus. In G.Harden (ed ). Flora

of New South Wales , 2: 76-142. New South

Wales University Press: Sydney.

- (1997). New species in Angophora and Eucalyptus

(Myrtaceae) from New South Wales. Telopea 7:

97-109.

Hill, K.D. & Stanberg, L.C. (1997). Eucalyptus

castrensis (Myrtaceae), a new species from

New South Wales. Telopea 9: 773-776.

Johnson, L.A.S. (1962). Studies in the taxonomy of

Eucalyptus. Contributions from the New South

Wales National Herbarium 3: 103-126.

Johnston, R.D. & Marryatt, R. (1965). Taxonomy and

Nomenclature of Eucalypts. Leaflet No. 92.

Forest Research Institute: Canberra.

Jones, D. & Jones B. (1999). Native Plants of Melbourne

and adjoining areas. Bloomings Books:

Melbourne.

Maiden, J.H. (1921). Eucalyptus woollsiana. In A Critical

Revision of the Genus Eucalyptus 5(47): 199—

204. Government Printer: Sydney.

Melzer, R. & Plumb, J. (2007). Plants of Capricornia.

Capricorn Conservation Council:

Rockhampton.

Nicolle, D. (2006). Eucalypts of Victoria and Tasmania.

Bloomings Books: Melbourne.

Austrobaileya 8(1): 25-34 (2009)

Passioura, J.A. & Ash, J.E. (1993). Eucalyptus saligna

Smith subsp. botryoides (Smith) Passioura &

Ash, comb, nov.: A re-assessment of Eucalyptus

saligna - E. botryoides complex. Australian

Systematic Botany 6: 181-183.

Pedley, L. (1969). Intermediates between Eucalyptus

populnea F.Muell. and E. brownii Maid. &

Cambage. Contributions from the Queensland

Herbarium No. 5. Queensland Department of

Primary Industries: Brisbane.

Pryor, L.D. & Johnson, L.A.S. (1971). A Classification

of the Eucalypts. Australian National University

Press: Canberra.

Four new species of Cyperus L. (Cyperaceae)

from northern Queensland

R.Booth, D.J.Moore & J.Hodgon

Summary

Booth, R., Moore, D.J. & Hodgon, J. (2009). Four new species of Cyperus L. (Cyperaceae) from

northern Queensland. Austrobaileya 8(1): 35-46. Four new species allied to Cyperus pedunculosus

F.Muell., viz. Cyperus alaticau]is R.Booth, D.J.Moore & Hodgon, C. eboracensis R.Booth, D.J.Moore

& Hodgon, C. multispiceus R.Booth, D.J.Moore & Hodgon and C. sharpei R.Booth, D.J.Moore &

Hodgon are described and notes provided on their distribution and habitat. Cyperus pedunculosus is

circumscribed and described. A key to this group of species is provided.

Key Words: Cyperaceae, Cyperus , Cyperus alaticaulis, Cyperus eboracensis , Cyperus multispiceus ,

Cyperus pedunculosus , Cyperus sharpei, Australian flora, Queensland flora, species limits,

ordination, cluster analysis, identification key

R.Booth, D.J.Moore & J.Hodgon, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment & Resource

Management, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia.

Email: ron.booth@derm.qld.gov.au

Introduction

in recent years, throughout Queensland and

particularly in the monsoonal tropics of Cape

York, has resulted in the accumulation of much

more material of Cyperus that can be allocated

to this taxonomic section. Past applications

of the name Cyperus pedunculosus are now

considered to apply to several taxa, some of

which are unnamed. Critical examination of

this material now enables four new species to

be named.

These new species show similarities

in their glumes, nuts and overall spikelet

characteristics to Cyperus pedunculosus , but

differ notably in their preference for drier, fire

prone habitats than those where that species

occurs. Consequently their morphology may

be a direct adaptation to these environmental

conditions. They possess stout rhizomes or

swollen, bulbous or fibrous bases. Cyperus

pedunculosus occurs within closed forests

that are not affected by fire and does not have

any of these morphological features.

Materials and methods

The 33 specimens used in the phenetic

analyses as Operational Taxonomic Units

(OTUs) were drawn from field-collected

specimens from northern Queensland and

herbarium specimens at BRI. All taxa

included were represented by between four to

nine OTUs (data available from the authors).

Cyperus L. sens. lat. includes about 700

species, the vast majority of which occur in

the tropics and subtropics. There is much

variation within the genus and many attempts

have been made to subdivide it. These include

recognizing the subdivisions at subgeneric

level, or as distinct genera (Raynal 1973).

Recent treatments have also taken into account

the presence of C 3 and C 4 photo synthetic

pathways (Bruhl 1995).

Correlating photosynthetic pathway

with inflorescence structure has proven to

be problematic in the delimitation of genera

related to Cyperus and sections within

Cyperus , at least in relation to the Australian

taxa. A rigorous infrageneric classification

for Cyperus can probably only be arrived at

following extensive molecular investigation

throughout the range of the genus.

Despite these classification shortcomings,

some obvious groupings of taxa can be arrived

at based upon similarities in both vegetative

and floral morphology. In Australia, one

such grouping can be based around the

taxon known as Cyperus pedunculosus

F.Muell. which has been classified in Cyperus

section Diffusae C.B.Clarke (Clarke 1884, as

‘Diffusi’). Extensive field work undertaken

Accepted for publication 1 September 2009

Characters (Table 1) were selected on

the basis of an examination of the variation

observed among taxa and the critical

assessment of past studies. The character-state

data for all OTUs were entered into a data

Austrobaileya 8(1): 35-46 (2009)

matrix originally prepared as a spreadsheet in

Microsoft Excel 7.0. Original data collection-

sheets were cross-checked with data in the

spreadsheet to guard against errors.

Table 1. List of characters used in phenetic analyses.

Numbers refer to those in Appendix 1.

Culm length (mm) (measured to the base of the primary inflorescence bract)

Culm width (mm) (measured at the mid-length of culm)

Culm cross section: (1) trigonous, (2) triquetrous

Involucral bracts - septate nodules presence: (1) absent, (2) present

Primary inflorescence bract length (mm)

Primary inflorescence bract width (mm) (at the widest part of the bract)

Base of primary inflorescence bract - teeth: (1) absent, (2) present

Inflorescence structure: (1) simple, (2) compound, (3) decompound

Spikelet width (mm) (measured at the mid-length of the spikelet)

Rachilla wing: (1) absent, (2) present

Glume length (mm)

Glume mucro length (mm): (1) <0.3, (2) 0.3-0.7

Style length (mm)

Nut length (mm)

Nut width (mm) (measured at the widest part of the nut)

Data was analysed using a number of

numerical methods. For the phenetic analysis,

the Gower distance coefficient (which includes

range standardization of data) was applied

to all data matrices as it handles mixed data

(Crisp & Weston 1993). The unweighted

pair-group method with arithmetic mean

(UPGMA, with (3 = -0.25; Belbin 1993) was

used.

Ordination was performed using semi-

strong-hybrid multidimensional scaling (SSH)

in 2-dimensions with 200 random starts on

non weighted character states to minimise

stress values. Ordinations were assessed by

examining stress values and correlations

of character states with ordination vectors

(Belbin 1993).

Correlations between character states and

ordination vectors were performed to assess

which character states were contributing to the

pattern of ordination. Although all character

states contribute to the overall ordination

pattern, correlations above 0.7 are considered

diagnostic of the taxa involved (Crisp 1991).

Booth et al.. Four new Cyperus

Results and discussion

The ordination plot of the data matrix resulted

in discrete groupings of OTUs representing

all of the taxa included (Fig. 1). Eleven of the

22 character states correlated with ordination

vectors >0.7 (Table 2) indicating that half of

the characters included contributed strongly

to the ordination pattern. All the groups

recognised in the ordination were discrete,

but two groups of OTUs were relatively

loosely clustered (e.g. Cyperus alaticaulis and

C. multispiceus) as a result of missing values.

Cluster analysis of the data matrix (Fig.

2) mirrors and confirms the results of the

ordination (Fig. 1).

These five groups are recognised as five

discrete species in the following taxonomic

account.

►3

1.5-

n m

“ X x 1

0.5

♦ C. alaticaulis

m C. eboracensis

a C. sharpei

* C. multispiceus

>j. C. peduncuiosus

■1.5 -1 -0.5

1.5

-1 -

-1 5 J

Fig. 1. Ordination plot of the data matrix

Character states unweighted; Gower association measure; semi-strong-hybrid multidimensional scaling in 2-

dimensions with 200 random starts. Stress value = 0.0837.

Taxonomy

Key to the Cyperus peduncuiosus species group

1 Inflorescence simple.2

1. Inflorescence compound.3

2 Culms winged; proximal involucral bract 3-4.3 mm wide.2. C. alaticaulis

2. Culms not winged; proximal involucral bract 1.5-2.8 mm wide.3. C. eboracensis

3 Culms mostly trigonous; closely arranged on a stout rhizome, occurs in

skeletal soils in eucalypt woodland.5. C. sharpei

3. Culms mostly triquetrous; tufted, occurs in and adjacent to closed and

riparian forests.4

4 Inflorescence of 4-12 spikes.1. C. peduncuiosus

4. Inflorescence of 20-80 spikes.4. C. multispiceus

Austrobaileya 8(1): 35-46 (2009)

0*0172

1.4558

2.8 94 3

4.3329

5.7714

7.2100

alaticaulis

( 1)

alaticaulis

[ 25 1

alaticaulis

[ 3) |

alaticaulis

(45 1

pedunculosus

(28)

pedunculosus

(335 1

pedunculosus

(30) |

pedunculosus

[315 1

pedunculosus

[295 T

pedunculosus

(32) 1

multispiceus

(21)

mul tispiceus

[22)

multispiceus

(27) |

mui tispi ceus

[23) |

multispiceus

(24) 1

/nui tispiceus

(25) 1 1

multispiceus

[26) | |

eboracensis

( 55

eboracensis

[ 6) 1

eboracensis

[8)||

eboracensis

(115 1 1

eboracensis

[7)||

Fig. 2. Phenogram of the data matrix

Character states unweighted; Gower association measure; and UPGMA ((3 = -0.25) fusion strategy (data matrix 1).

1. Cyperuspedunculosus F.Muell., Fragm. 8:

266 (1874); C. pedunculosus var. pedunculosus

Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 85: 425 (1915). Type

citation: “Ad oram Rockingham’s Bay in altis

montibus rupestribus, atque secus fluvios

silvarum; Dallachy”. Type: Queensland.

Rockingham’s Bay, s.dat., J.Dallachy s.n.

(holo: MEL n.v.; iso: BRI [AQ308150]).

Cyperus montis-sellae K.Schum., Bot. Jahrb.

Syst. 18:186(1894). Type: Papua New Guinea.

“Auf dem Gipfel des Sattelberges”, 14 January

1889, D.Hellwig 249 (n.v.).

Cyperus pedunculosus var. floribundus Kiik.,

Bot. Jahrb.Syst. 59: 44 (1924). Type: Papua

New Guinea. Sattelberg, C.Nyman 491 (n.v.).

Cyperus pedunculosus var. atrocastaneus

Kiik., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 69: 256 (1938). Type:

Papua New Guinea. Central Province:

Isuarava, C.E.Carr 15451 (syn: n.v); Papua

New Guinea. Morobe Province: Ogeramnang,

M.S.Clemens 4978 (syn: n.v); Papua New

Guinea. Morobe Province: Mt Sarawaket,

M.S.Clemens 6071 (syn: n.v).

Cyperus pedunculosus var. alatus Kiik., Mitt.

Thiir. Bot. Ver. N.F. 50: 3 (1943). Type: Papua

New Guinea. Morobe Province: Boana, 3

November 1938, M.S.Clemens 8772b (n.v).

Cyperus pedunculosus var. longebracteatus

Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 85: 425 (1915). Type

citation: “Nordost-Queensland: Bellenden-

Ker, in der Nahe eines Baches in einer Hohe

von ungefahr 200 m, selten (DOMIN, XII.

1909).” Type: (holo: PR, n.v).

Plants robust, perennial with a short

rhizome. Culms tufted, erect, triquetrous

to distinctly 3-winged, striate, 25-45 cm

long, 2-5 mm wide, thickened by inflated,

scarious, purplish sheaths. Leaves longer than

inflorescence culm, canaliculate at the base,

otherwise flat, 6-20 mm wide. Involucral

bracts 5-6, 30-45 cm long, 6-15 mm wide,

unequal in length, longer than inflorescence,

scabrous. Inflorescence once compound,

or decompound, 10-20 cm long, 7-12 cm

wide, diffuse. Rays unequal, (3—)6—11(—15).

Spikes 6-12; sessile or pedunculate, ovoid,

spreading, dense, 5-25 mm long, 8-40 mm

Booth et al ., Four new Cyperus

Table 2. Correlations of character states and ordination vectors.

Character state

Correlation

Culm cross section trigonous

0.9668

Culm cross section triquetrous

0.9668

Base of primary inflorescence bract teeth absent

0.9528

Base of primary inflorescence bract teeth present

0.9528

Involucral bracts septate nodules absent

0.9151

Involucral bracts septate nodules present

0.9151

Style length (mm)

0.8489

Glume mucro length <0.3 mm

0.8084

Glume mucro length 0.3-0.7 mm

0.8084

Rachilla wing absent

0.7224

Rachilla wing present

0.7224

wide, with 1-7 spikelets. Spikelets 5-25 mm

long, 2.5-3.2 mm wide, 10-40(-50)-flowered,

digitate, spreading, linear, reddish brown to

dark brown to dark grey to black. Glume s

distichous, 2.5-3.5 mm long, dark reddish

or red-brown or blackish-red or ferrugineous

or streaked red-brown, apex mucronulate or

mucronate or acuminate, mucro excurved or

straight, one third to two thirds imbricate,

keeled, 1.1-1.3 mm apart, 4-10 nerved, with

arcuate keel. Rachilla straight, persistent,

winged. Stamens 3; anthers linear; connective

setulose; 0.5-0.9 mm long. Style shorter than

stigmas, 3-fid, 1.2-1.5 mm long. Nut obovoid

to ellipsoid; trigonous to triquetrous, or

dorsiventrally compressed or flattened with a

flat or concave face against the rachilla, half

as long as the glume, 1.5-2 mm long, 1-1.25

mm wide, smooth or densely granulose or

granulate, with sides exposed, apex apiculate

or rounded, brown to golden brown.

Additional selected specimens examined : Papua New

Guinea. Eastern Highlands Province: Kini Creek, NE

slopes of Mt Michael, Sep 1959, Womersley NGF11715

(BRI). Morobe Province: 5 km from Markham River

Bridge along road to Labu, Jul 1992, Forster PIF11067

& Liddle (BRI, LAE). Northern Province: N slope of

Mt Lamington, Jul 1953, Hoogland3320 (BRI). Central

Province: E slope of Lake MyolaNo. 2, Sep 1973, Croft

NGF34536 (BRI). Queensland. Cook District: Davies

Creek, S.F.607,9 km pastN.P. carpark, Jun 1991, Forster

PIF8536 (BRI); Bellenden Ker, 40 m below tower 3, May

2001, Booth et al. 2614 (BRI, K, NSW); Foothills of Mt

Bellenden Ker, May 2001, Cooper 1529 (BRI); Bellenden

Ker Cable Car Station, Jan 2002, Booth et al. 2834

(BRI); Junction Creek, Russell River, Apr 1948, Brass

18262 (BRI); Wooroonooran N.P., CSIRO EP/34, off

Russell River track, Jan 2007, Ford AF4910 & Metcalfe

(BRI, NSW); Bartle Frere, Oct 1935, Blake 9758 (BRI);

East Bartle Frere, Nov 1994, Hunter JH1837 (BRI).

Wide Bay District: Fraser Island, Oct 1930, Hubbard

4396 (BRI); Fraser Island, May 1964, Webb 6328 (BRI,

CANB); track up to Mt Bowarrady tower, Fraser Island,

Sep 1986, Russell-Smith 1809 & Lucas (BRI). Moreton

District: McDonald Road, 3 km N of Peachester, Jul

1993, Bean 6256 (BRI); Mooloolah Scrubs, Dec 1890,

Field Naturalists s.n. (BRI [AQ 647235]); Base of

Buderim Mt., Mar 1934, Blake 5251 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Cyperus

pedunculosus is found throughout coastal

Queensland from Buderim north to Davies

Creek near Cairns. It is also widely distributed

in New Guinea. Plants occur in wet forests

often along shady creek banks.

Notes : A number of varieties have been

named under Cyperus pedunculosus , three

from Papua New Guinea (Kiikenthal 1924,

1939, 1943) and one from north Queensland

(Domin 1928). Blake (1947) and Kern (1974)

were of the opinion that these varieties and

also Cyperus montis-sellae K.Schum. were

merely minor variations of C. pedunculosus

and this is also our conclusion based upon

the protologue descriptions by Schumann

(1894) and Kiikenthal (1924, 1938, 1943).

Although we have not seen the type of

Domin’s variety, it is clearly illustrated in his

account and from the brief description of the

specimen in the protologue, it differs only

in the longer involucral bracts from typical

C. pedunculosus. Hence, neither the name

Cyperus montis-sellae or any of the previously

published varieties of C. pedunculosus are

applicable to the species being described as

new in this paper.

2. Cyperus alaticaulis R.Booth, D. J.Moore &

Hodgon, species nova a Cypero pedunculoso

inflorescentia simplici (in illo complexo),

spiculis pluribus in quaque spica (10-25 non

1-7) et stamine solitario (in illo 3) differens.

Typus: Queensland. Cook District: 26 km

WSW of Lockhart River township, 7 km SSE

of Mount Bowden, Cape York mapping site

679 (HEL 41), 20 April 1993, J.R.Clarkson

9933 & V.J.Neldner (holo: BRI; iso: CNS, K,

NSW).

Cyperus sp. (Chester River J.R.Clarkson

2392); Booth (2007: 58).

Plants slender, perennial, glabrous. Culms

tufted, erect, triquetrous, increasingly winged

towards the distal end, 19-36 cm long, 1-3.8

mm wide; base swollen and bulbous. Leaves

basal, 8-20 cm long, 2.5-4 mm wide,

septate-nodulose. Involucral bracts 2-5,

unequal in length, longer than inflorescence.

Proximal bract 4-12 cm long, 3-4.3 mm

wide. Inflorescence simple, 1-2 cm long, 1-

2.5 cm wide. Spike globose or ovoid, dense,

10-20 mm long 10-25 mm wide, with 5-30

spikelets. Rachis angular, winged. Spikelets

10-20 mm long, 2.5-3.5 mm wide, 10-35-

flowered, straight, digitate, spreading or

reflexed, linear to linear-lanceolate. Glumes

distichous, 2.2-2.8 mm long, apex mucronate,

one half to two thirds imbricate, keeled, 1—1.2

mm apart, 1 or 2 nerved, with arcuate keel.

Rachilla straight. Stamens 1. Anthers 0.5-0.8

mm long. Style 0.7-1.1 mm long, 3-fid, longer

than or as long as stigmas, shorter than nut,

flat. Nut ellipsoid, trigonous, one third to half

as long as glume, 1.2-1.8 mm long, 0.7-1 mm

wide, granulose, apex rounded, dark brown to

brown. Fig. 3 A-E.

Austrobaileya 8(1): 35-46 (2009)

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: 1 km SE of Heathlands, near the pump

site. Mar 1992, Clarkson 9309 & Neldner (BRI, DNA,

K, MBA, NSW, P); Chester River, on Eastern fall of

Mcllwraith Range, Jul 1978, Clarkson 2392 (BRI); 9

km N of Batavia Downs on the Peninsula Development

Road, Apr 1990, Clarkson 8531 & Neldner (BRI, K,

NSW).

Distribution and habitat: Cyperus alaticaulis

is endemic to Queensland on northern Cape

York Peninsula where it has been recorded

from the Chester River northwards (Map 1).

Plants grow in dry sandy loams in eucalypt

woodland.

Notes: Cyperus alaticaulis is distinguished

within this group by the simple inflorescence,

winged culms and broad, proximal involucral

bracts (3-4.3 mm wide).

It is not a common species and has only

been collected at four localities. Although

it is found in a similar habitat to Cyperus

eboracensis it can be easily distinguished

from that species by the winged culms and

broader involucral bracts.

Etymology: From the Latin alatus (winged)

and caulis (stemmed), so named because

the culm becomes increasingly triquetrous

towards the distal end.

3. Cyperus eboracensis R.Booth,

D.J.Moore & Hodgon, species nova a

Cypero pedunculoso inflorescentia simplici

(in illo complexo) et cauli basi tumido

bulbosoque differens. Typus: Queensland.

Cook District: 3.7 km E of the Peninsula

Development Road on an IWS track leaving

the main road 0.5 km N of the Laura River,

26 April 1983, J.R.Clarkson 4721 (holo: BRI;

iso: NSW).

Cyperus sp. (Cape York J.R.Clarkson +8126);

Booth (2007: 58).

Plants slender, perennial, glabrous. Culms

tufted, erect, triquetrous, striate, glabrous,

30-60 cm long, 0.6-1 mm wide, base swollen

and bulbous. Leaves basal, 12-30 cm long, 1-

3.5 mm wide. Involucral bracts 4-6, unequal

in length, longer than inflorescence, scabrous.

Proximal bract 5-30 cm long, 1.5-2.8 mm

wide. Inflorescence simple, 10-25 mm long,

10-30 mm wide. Spike sessile, globose,

ovoid or hemispherical, dense, 10-25 mm

Booth el al.. Four new Cyperus

Fig. 3. Cyperus alaticaulis , A. base of plant showing bulbous base of culms * 1. B. inflorescence * 1. C. spikelet * 6.

D. glume x 12. E. nut x 24. C. eboracensis, F. base of plant showing bulbous bases x 1. G. inflorescence x l.H. spikelet

X 6.1. glume X 12. J. nut x 24. A-E Clarkson 2392 (BRI); F-J Wannan 4515 (BRI).

long, 10-30 mm wide, with 10-30 spikelets.

Spikelets 10-25 mm long, 1.8-2.5 mm wide,

10-40 flowered, sessile, straight, digitate,

erect, linear or linear lanceolate. Glumes 2.4-

3 mm long, apex mucronulate or acute, one

half to two-thirds imbricate, keeled, 1.2-1.4

mm apart, 1-3-nerved (one prominent), with

an arcuate keel. Rachilla straight, persistent,

winged. Stamens 2 or 3; anthers linear,

connective smooth, 0.5-1 mm long. Style

longer than stigmas, 3-fid, shorter than nut,

flat, 0.7-1 mm long. Nut obloid to obovoid to

ellipsoid, trigonous, faces convex, one-third

to half as long as the glume, 1.2-1.5 mm long,

0.7-0.9 mm wide, granulose, falling with

glume, apex apiculate, dark brown to brown.

Fig. 3 F-J.

Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Cook

District: St. Paul’s Village, Moa Island, Torres Strait,

May 1999, Waterhouse BMW5324 (BRI, CANB); 36.2

km from Peninsula Development Road along road to

Portland Roads, site CY254, Jul 1991, Neldner 3517

& Clarkson (BRI, MBA); 11.5 km W of the Laura to

Musgrave road on the track to Dixie, Cape York mapping

site 21 (DIX 20), Jun 1989, Clarkson 8126 & Neldner

(BRI, DNA, K, NSW); 1.5 km NW of Marina Plains

homestead, site CY415 (MP17), Apr 1992, Neldner 3758

& Clarkson (BRI, DNA, NSW, PERTH, QRS); S of Five

Mile Creek, May 2004, Wannan 3550 & Verdec (BRI);

20.4 km from the Mclvor River crossing on the Hopevale

to Starcke road towards Battlecamp, May 1993, Clarkson

10071B & Neldner (BRI, K, NSW).

Distribution and habitat : Cyperus

eboracensis is endemic to Queensland where

it has been recorded from the Daintree River

north to Moa Island (Map 2). Plants grow in

dry sandy loams in eucalypt woodland.

Notes : Cyperus eboracensis is distinguished

within this group of species by the simple

inflorescence, the unwinged culms and

relatively narrow, proximal involucral bracts

(1.5-2.8 mm wide).

Etymology : From the Latin eboracum, the

Romano-British name for York, England and

-ensis, suffix indicating origin or place; the

species is restricted to Cape York.

4. Cyperus multispiceus R.Booth,

D.J.Moore & Hodgon, species nova a

Cypero pedunculoso spicis pluribus in

quaque inflorescentia (20-80 non 4-12) et

antheris longioribus (1.2-1.7 non 0.5-0.9

mm) differens. Typus: Queensland. Cook

District: Cotterell River, 13 km S of Vrilya

Austrobaileya 8(1): 35-46 (2009)

Point. Cape York mapping site 673 (HEL 35),

J.R.Clarkson 9882 & VJ.Neldner (holo: BRI;

iso: K, NSW).

Cyperus sp. (The Boulders J.A.Elsol 818);

Booth (2007: 58).

Plants robust, perennial, glabrous. Culms

tufted, erect, triquetrous, striate, 39-76 cm

long, 1.4-3.3 mm wide; bases thickened

by split, fibrous sheaths. Leaves basal, 80-

120 cm long, 6-15 mm wide. Involucral

bracts 4-8, unequal in length, longer than

inflorescence, scabrous, septate-nodulose.

Proximal bract 19-65 cm long, 3.8-9.8 mm

wide. Inflorescence decompound, 10-20 cm

long, 12-20 cm wide, diffuse. Rays unequal,

9-20. Spikes 20-80, globose or ovoid or

hemispherical, dense, 10-20 mm long, 15-30

mm wide, with 6-10 spikelets. Spikelets 10-20

mm long, 1.8-3.5 mm wide, 10-40 flowered,

straight, digitate, erect or spreading, linear.

Glumes 2-3 (3.3) mm long, apex mucronulate,

one half to two thirds imbricate, keeled, with

excurved or straight mucro, 0.9-1.1 mm

apart, 3-5 nerved; with arcuate keel. Rachilla

straight, winged. Stamens 3; anthers linear,

connective setulose, 1.2-1.7 mm long. Style

shorter than stigmas, 3-fid, shorter than nut,

flat, 0.3-0.6 mm long. Nut obovoid, trigonous,

faces concave to flat, half to two-thirds as long

as glume, 1.1-1.7 mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide,

granulose, apex apiculate, brown to golden

brown. Fig. 4 F-K.

Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland.

Cook District: Pajinka, Cape York, Feb 2001, Cooper

1484 & Jensen * (BRI); Newcastle Bay, 2.5 miles [4.1

km] S of Somerset, May 1948, Brass 18689 (BRI); 1

km SE of Heathlands, Mar 1993, Clarkson 9308 &

Neldner (BRI, NSW); Mouth of Pennefather River, Jul

1988, Dalliston CC306* (BRI); Restoration Beach, c. 5

km SW of Cape Weymouth, Feb 1980, Clarkson 2943 *

(BRI, NSW); Upper slope of Altanmoui Range, Cape

Melville N.P, May 1993, Neldner 3971* (BRI, NSW);

N.P.R. 133, Mt Sorrow ridge walk, Nov 2000, Ford

AF2492* (BRI); Mossman River Gorge, Feb 1932, Brass

2120 (BRI); Mossman Gorge N.P, Dec 1997, Forster

PIF21950 (BRI); Hills Creek, Murray Prior Range, Mar

2001, Booth 2538 et al. * (BRI); Near Stoney Creek Falls,

near Cairns, May 1962, Blake 21742 * (BRI); Freshwater

Creek, Jul 1974, Byrnes 3069 * (BRI); Lake Morris road,

Feb 1994, Jago 3069 (BRI); Hann Tableland, Oct 2005,

Jago 6863* (BRI); Gadgarra via Fuller Road, Mar 2002,

Booth 2975 (BRI); Douglas Track to Glacier Rock, Dec

2001, Jensen 1154 (BRI).

Booth et al ., Four new Cyperus

Distribution and habitat : Cyperus

multispiceus is endemic to Queensland and

has been recorded from Palmerston N.P.

northwards to Cape York (Map 3). It is found

on the margins of rainforest and amongst

riparian and semi-deciduous vine forest on

coarse sandy loams. Cyperus multispiceus

is often seen resprouting while evidence of

recent fire is still clearly visible.

Notes : Cyperus multispiceus is distinctive

within this group of species by the tufted habit,

triquetrous culms and large number of spikes

(20-80) in the compound inflorescence. The

bases of the plants are much thickened by the

fibrous sheaths.

The Queensland Herbarium has 42

collections of Cyperus multispiceus , but

only a handful possesses spikelets with

fully mature nuts (without * in specimens

cited above). The plants seem to reproduce

predominately vegetatively. Many specimens

have white immature nuts, the sides of the

nuts being clearly visible within the spikelets.

The mature nuts, when present are golden

brown to brown. Often the glumes and nuts

fall away, leaving behind the rachis which has

the remains of the three stamens still attached

to it (Fig. 41). These features also occur in the

other three new species that are described in

this paper and may reflect a common origin

for these species.

The specimen Jago 4586 from Mt Sorrow

W of Cape Tribulation possesses glumes that

are mucronate and up to 3.5 mm long, but this

is atypical.

Etymology : From the Latin multi- (many)

and spiceus (spiked), so named because of the

numerous spikes in the inflorescence.

5. Cyperus sharpei R.Booth, D.J.Moore &

Hodgon, species nova a Cypero pedunculosa

rhizomate obesiore et habitatione in clivis

aridis saxosis non in silva humidissima

differens. Typus: Queensland. Cook District:

Watsonville, 29 July 1967, L.J.Brass 33616

(holo: BRI).

Cyperus sp. (Herberton RR. Sharpe 1449);

Booth (2007: 58).

Plants slender, perennial, glabrous, slightly

glaucous. Culms erect, trigonous, striate, 30-

45 cm long, 0.6-2 mm wide, with a bulbous

base on a short, stout rhizome. Leaves basal,

30-65 cm long, l-5mm wide. Involucral

bracts 3-5, unequal in length, longer than

inflorescence, scabrous. Proximal bract 10-23

cmlong, 1.4-3.8 mm wide. Inflorescence once

compound, 3-6 cm long, 3-9 cm wide, dense.

Rays unequal, 1-6. Spikes 2-7, globose or

ovoid or hemispherical, dense, 7-25 mm long,

12-30 mm wide, with 6-20 spikelets. Spikelets

7-25 mm long, 2.1-3.3 mm wide, 10-34

flowered, digitate, spreading, linear. Glumes

distichous, 2.5-3.4 mm long, apex mucronate,

one half to two thirds imbricate, keeled,

with straight mucro, 1.4-1.6 mm apart, 4-6

nerved, with a straight keel. Rachilla straight,

winged. Stamens 3; anthers linear, connective

setulose, 1.2-1.5 mm long. Style shorter than

stigmas, flat, 0.4-1 mm long. Stigmas 3. Nut

obovoid to ellipsoid, trigonous, half as long

as glume, 1.5—1.9 mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide,

granulose, apex apiculate to rounded; brown

to light brown. Fig. 4 A-E.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: On Silver Valley Road, 3.4 km from Mt

Misery, Atherton, Apr 1988, Forster PIF3961 (BRI).

North Kennedy District: Herberton Range, Toy Creek,

Feb 2001, Booth 2568 (BRI); Top of ridge behind

Caravan Park, Herberton, Jun 1975, Sharpe s.n. (BRI

[AQ468247]); Herberton, Jan 1918, Michael s.n. (BRI

[AQ 320372]); Mountain behind Caravan Park, 2 km N

of Herberton on road to Atherton, Jun 1975, Sharpe 1455

(BRI); Junction of Cooloomon and little Cooloomon

Creeks, SW of Herberton, May 1962, Whitehonse s.n.

(BRI [AQ 320373]); 1.5 km W of Herberton on Herberton

- Petford road. May 1983, Conn 1143 (BRI); Hillside

behind Caravan Park, Herberton, on Atherton road, June

1975, Sharpe 1449 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Cyperus sharpei

is endemic to Queensland where it has been

recorded predominantly from the Herberton

Range and vicinity; there also appears to

be a population at Mt Mulligan, an outlying

sandstone formation near Dimbulah (Map

4). Plants grow in open eucalypt woodland in

skeletal soils.

Notes : Cyperus sharpei is distinctive within

this group of species by the compound

inflorescence, the trigonous culms and the

stems closely arranged on a stout rhizome.

The Queensland Herbarium holds six

collections of Cyperus from this group

collected in the Mt Mulligan area, two

Fig. 4. Cyperus sharpei, A. base of plant showing culms on a short rhizome x 0.8 B. inflorescence x 1. C. spikelet x 6.

D. glume x 12. E. nut x 24. C. multispiceus, F. base of plant showing fibrous sheaths x 0.4. G. inflorescence x 0.3. H.

spikelet x 6.1, rachilla after glumes and nuts have fallen away showing remains of stamens x 12. J. glume x 12. K. nut

x 24. A-E Sharpe 1449 (BRI); F-K. Jensen 1154 (BRI).

Booth et al., Four new Cyperus

(Clarkson 6913b, Duretto 378 ) have been

tentatively identified as Cyperus multispiceus

and four ( Clarkson 5830a, 5892, Fox

AQ764123, Jago 3487 ) as C. sharpei. None

of these collections are fully mature and they

seem to represent depauperate forms of the

respective species. This immaturity makes

precise identification of the plants difficult

and further collections from this particular

area are required for taxonomic clarification.

Etymology : Named in honour of Philip

Ridley Sharpe, former curator of Cyperaceae

at the Queensland Herbarium and author of

a ground breaking synoptic account of the

family in Queensland (Sharpe 1986).

Acknowledgements

Thanks to Will Smith for the illustrations, Peter

Bostock for the Latin diagnoses and Laurie

Jessup for proof reading and guidance.

References

Belbin, L. (1993). PATNpattern analysis package. Users

guide. Division of Wildlife Ecology, CSIRO:

Canberra.

Blake, S.T. (1947). The Cyperaceae collected in New

Guinea by L. J.Brass, II. Journal of the Arnold

Arboretum 28: 207-229.

Booth, R. (2007). Cyperaceae. In RD.Bostock &

A.E.Holland (eds.). Census of the Queensland

Flora 2007, pp. 55-63. Environmental

Protection Agency: Brisbane.

Bruhl, J.J. (1995). Sedge genera of the world:

Relationships and a new classification of the

Cyperaceae. Australian Systematic Botany 8:

125-305.

Clarke, C.B. (1884). On the Indian species of Cyperus',

with remarks on some others that specially

illustrate the subdivisions of the genus. The

Journal of the Linnean Society, Botany 21:

1 - 202 .

Crisp, M.D. (1991). Contribution towards a revision of

Daviesia Smith (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae). II. The

D. latifolia group. Australian Systematic Botany

4: 229-298.

Crisp, M.D. & Weston, P.H. (1993). Geographic and

ontogenetic variation in morphology of

Australian Waratahs ( Telopea : Proteaceae).

Systematic Biology 42: 49-76.

Domin, K. (1915). Beitrage zur flora und

Pflanzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca

Botanica 85: 425.

Kern, J.H. (1974). Cyperus. In C.G.G.J.van Steenis

(ed.), Flora Malesiana, Series I 7(3): 435-753.

Noordhoff International Publishing: Leyden.

Kukenthal, G. (1924). Beitrage zur Cyperaceen-

Flora von Papuasien. Botanische Jahrbiicher

fur Systematik, Pflanzengeschichte und

Pflanzengeographie 59: 41-60.

- (1936). Cypereae. In A.Engler (ed.). Das

Pflanzenreich IV 20 Heft 101.

- (1939). Neue Beitrage zur Cyperaceen-Flora

von Neuguinea. Botanische Jahrbiicher

fur Systematik, Pflanzengeschichte und

Pflanzengeographie 69: 255-265.

- (1943). Neue oder nicht genugend bekannte

Cyperaceen. Mitteilungen des Thiiringischen

Botanischen Vereins 50: 1-13.

Raynal, J. (1973). Notes cyperologiques 19. Contribution

a la classification de la sous-famille des

Cyperoideae. Adansonia, ser. 2, 13: 145-171.

Schumann, K. (1894). In O.Warburg (ed.), Plantae

Hellwigianae. Beitrag zur flora von Kaiser

Wilhelms-Land. Botanische Jahrbiicher

fiir Systematik, Pflanzengeschichte und

Pflanzengeographie 18: 184-212.

Sharpe, P.R. (1986). Keys to Cyperaceae, Restionaceae

and Juncaceae of Queensland. Queensland

Botany Bulletin No. 5. Queensland Department

of Primary Industry: Brisbane.

Austrobaileya 8(1): 35-46 (2009)

Map 1. Distribution of Cyperus alaticaulis Map 3. Distribution of Cyperus multispiceus

Map 2. Distribution of Cyperus eboracensis

Map 4. Distribution of Cyperus sharpei

Duperreya Gaudich. (Convolvulaceae) revisited

R.W.Johnson

Summary

Johnson, R.W. (2009). Duperreya Gaudich. (Convolvulaceae) revisited. Austrobaileya 8(1): 47-

54. The history of the genus Duperreya Gaudich. and its reinstatement in Australia is discussed.

Three species are recognised and a key is provided for their identification. Duperreya halfordii

R.W.Johnson is described as new. Descriptions and distribution maps are provided for all species

as well as information on their distribution, habitat and phenology. Key identification characters are

illustrated.

Key Words: Convolvulaceae, Australian flora, Duperreya , Duperreya halfordii, Porana

R.W.Johnson, c/- Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment & Resource Management

(DERM), Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia

Introduction

The genus Duperreya was described by

Gaudichaud (1829) based on a specimen he

collected from Shark Bay in Western Australia.

Both Choisy (1837, 1845) and Endlicher

(1839) maintained Duperreya as a monotypic

genus closely related to Porana Burm.f.

Mueller (1867) concluded that Duperreya

was a synonym of Porana and transferred

D. sericea Gaudich. to the larger and more

widespread genus. However, Mueller (1860)

had previously described Ipomoea modesta

F.Muell. based on an Oldfield specimen

collected beside the Murchison River in

Western Australia. This name was illegitimate

due to an earlier I. modesta described by

Choisy (1854). Mueller also realised this taxon

was the same as Porana sericea and noted

this in his list of synonymy. Bentham (1869),

Peter (1891) and Hallier (1893) accepted the

transfer of Duperreya to Porana though Peter

recognised its difference by including the

genus in the monospecific section Duperreya.

Schneider (1916) in a study of the genus

Porana concluded Duperreya was sufficiently

distinct from Porana to be maintained as

a separate genus. Until recently Australian

authors have followed Mueller’s treatment of

Duperreya.

Staples (1987) revised the Australian

species of Porana and described a new species

P. commixta Staples. More recently, Staples

Accepted for publication 30 June 2009

(2006) published a comprehensive revision of

the Asiatic Poraneae in which he reinstated

the genus Duperreya comprising two species,

D. sericea and D. commixta (Staples) Staples.

In preparing treatments of the Australian

Convolvulaceae for the Flora of Australia ,

David Halford and I found that specimens

of Duperreya commixta from Queensland

and New South Wales did not fit within the

species concepts proposed by Staples (1987,

2006). Staples (2006) did note that specimens

of D. commixta from the Cobar area in New

South Wales had wider sepals than those

from Queensland and Western Australia

but in other respects they were typical of

that species. Further studies and the critical

examination of specimens have now indicated

that the eastern Australian populations are

distinct from those of D. commixta in inland

Western Australia.

Materials and methods

This revision is based on specimen holdings

in BRI, CANB, MEF, NSW and PERTH.

Taxonomy

Duperreya Gaudich., in Freycinet, Voyage

Autour du Monde... sur les Corvettes de S.

M. I’Uranie et laPhysicienne. Botanique t. 63

(1828); 452 (1829). Type: D. sericea Gaudich.

Perennials with climbing stems, woody at

the base; indumentum sericeous, comprising

appressed bifid hairs. Feaves shortly petiolate;

blade linear to linear ovate, entire, with a

single pair of secondary veins arising from

above the base of the blade. Inflorescence

axillary, cymose; peduncle slender, with 2

persistent and opposite bracteoles, bearing a

single flower; pedicel absent. Sepals 5, free,

quincuncial, enlarging and becoming scarious

at fruiting with 3-5 prominent longitudinal

veins. Corolla campanulate to slightly funnel-

shaped, shallowly 5-lobed, with sparsely

hairy midpetaline bands. Stamens 5; filaments

flattened and dilated downwards, fused

to the corolla tube at the base, glabrous or

tuberculate; anthers ovate-oblong, sagittate,

apex rounded and emarginate, dehiscing

longitudinally with no twisting. Ovary 1-

celled, glabrous; ovules 2, basal; disc annular;

style 1, filiform and bearing a bi-globose

stigma. Utricle chartaceous, with a persistent

style base, indehiscent; seed 1, glabrous, with

a basal circular hilum.

Etymology : Named in honour of Louis-Isidore

Duperrey, a marine officer, hydrologist and

plant collector who accompanied Gaudichaud

on the “Uranie” during the Freycinet

expedition of 1817-1820.

Distribution : The genus is endemic to

Australia and the three species occur in

subtropical to warm temperate, arid to semi-

arid areas.

Austrobaileya 8(1): 47-54 (2009)

Relationships and Diagnostic Characters :

Hallier (1893) described the tribe Poraneae

which included Porana and a number of other

non-Australian genera. However, studies by

Staples (1990) and Stefanovic et al. (2002)

indicated that Poraneae was not monophyletic

and embraced a number of unrelated genera.

This has led to a reallocation of the genera

assigned to the Poraneae (Stefanovic et al

2003). Porana was transferred to the tribe

Dichondreae (Choisy) Choisy, while some

other genera including Duperreya were

incorporated in a new tribe Cardiochlamyeae

Stefanovic & Austin. The closest relatives

of Duperreya are the genera Cordisepalum

Verde., Dinetus Sweet, Poranopsis Roberty

and Tridynamia Gagnep., all of which occur

in southeast Asia. Duperreya is distinguished

from these genera in having narrower leaves

and solitary flowers. Staples (2006) also found

the pattern of leaf venation in Duperreya

(a single pair of secondary veins departing

from the midvein near the base of the blade)

distinguished it from its near relatives (with

two pairs of secondary veins arising from the

base).

Key to the species of Duperreya

1 Outer sepals narrowly ovate to narrowly elliptic, with L:B ratio >3, 3.5-6

mm wide at fruiting.1. D. commixta

1. Outer sepals ovate to elliptic with a L:B ratio <2.5, >8 mm wide at

fruiting.2

2 Outer sepals 3-5.5 mm wide at flowering with a L:B ratio <2 and 10-19

mm wide at fruiting with a L:B ratio of <1.5.2. D. sericea

2. Outer sepals 2.5-3 mm wide at flowering with a L:B ratio >2 and 8-11

mm wide at fruiting with a L:B ratio of >1.5.3. D. halfordii

1. Duperreya commixta (Staples) Staples,

Blumea 51: 451 (2006); Porana commixta

Staples, Nuytsia 6: 52 (1987). Type: Western

Australia. 52 km W of Wiluna, 29 August

1970, P.G. Wilson 8965 (holo: PERTH n.v., iso:

A n.v., CANB n.v., K n.v.).

Illustration : Staples (1987: 53 fig 1; 55 fig 2),

as Porana commixta.

Perennial; stems climbing, woody at the base,

moderately to densely sericeous, becoming ±

glabrous with age; bifid hair arms 0.1-0.3 mm

long. Leaf petiole 0.3-1 (-2) mm long, 0.02-

0.06 times as long as the blade; blade linear

to linear-ovate, 15-50 mm long, 1-5 mm

wide with a length:breadth ratio of 7.5-20,

apex acute, base rounded to obtuse, sparsely

to moderately densely sericeous above,

Johnson, Duperreya

moderately densely sericeous below. Peduncle

6-16 mm long; bracteoles linear to narrowly

elliptic, 2.5-5 mm long, 0.75-1.2 mm wide,

extending to 6 x 1.5 mm at fruiting, vestiture

as for the leaves. Outer sepals narrowly

oblong-elliptic to narrowly ovate, 5-8 mm

long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, with a length:breadth

ratio of 3-3.5, apex acute to obtuse, base

obtuse to rounded, becoming chartaceous

and extending to 19 mm x 6 mm at fruiting

with the length:breadth ratio increasing to 4,

becoming rounded at the apex, moderately to

densely sericeous, becoming sparse with age,

with 5 prominent longitudinal veins; inner

sepals linear to narrowly elliptic, 5-6.5 mm

long, 1-2.5 mm wide, with a length:breadth

ratio of 3.5-5.5, apex barely acute to obtuse

extending to 17 mm x 6 mm at fruiting. Corolla

blue to pale blue, slightly lobed; petals 8-12

mm long, 6-8 mm wide at the rim, rounded-

triangular, apiculate at the distal end, sparsely

to very sparsely hairy on the midpetaline band

for 4-5 mm. Stamen filaments 2.5-4 mm

long, fused to the base of the corolla tube for

0.5-0.9 mm; anthers 1.5-1.85 mm long, 0.8-

0.9 mm wide, basal lobes 0.3-0.4 mm long.

Ovary 0.9-1.3 mm high; style 3.5-5 mm long.

Utricle ellipsoid to slightly obovoid, 5.5-6.5

mm long, glabrous or with a few apical hairs,

longitudinally striated; seed 4-5 mm long.

Fig. 1A & IB.

Additional selected specimens (49 examined): Western

Australia. 9 miles [14.7 km] E of Wittenoom, Aug

1965, Beauglehole 11546 (BRI, MEL, PERTH); 6 km

S of Agnew, Leonora road, Sep 1978, Beauglehole &

Errey ACB59624 (PERTH); Coombawan Windmill,

Wonganoo Station, Aug 1999, Boladeras 86 (PERTH);

on Murlunmuylurna walk at crossing pool, Millstream,

Jul 2004, Byrne 1097 (PERTH); E side of Lyndon

- Williambury road, Williambury, Aug 1981, Cranfield

1842 (PERTH); 1.4 km N of Tindler Bore, Melangata

Station, Sep 1987, Cranfield 6166 (PERTH); Mt Magnet,

Sep 1903, Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW645799, PERTH);

Laverton, Sep 1909, Maiden s.n. (NSW181028); near

Wittenoom Gorge, c. 100 miles [161 km] S of Marble

Bar, 1952, McMahon s.n. (NSW645801); c. 30 km SW

of Balfour Downs Homestead on track to Ethel Creek

Homestead, Sep 1995, Mitchell PRP 541 (BRI, PERTH);

Dairy Creek Station, c. 4 km N of homestead, Aug

2003, Patrick et at. SP4813 (PERTH); “Palm Springs”,

S tributary of Fortescue River, Oct 1974, Rodd 2826

(NSW); near Meekatharra, Oct 1958, Speck 1501

(CANB, NSW, PERTH); 20 km NNW of New Springs

Homestead, Sep 1979, Toelken 6296 (AD, BRI); on

NW Coastal Highway, 32 miles [51.5 km] S of Minilya

Roadhouse, Sep 1976, Whaite & Whaite 4201B (NSW);

9.7 km S of Bullstag Well, “Balfour Downs”, Sep 1991,

Wilson 967 & Rowe (NSW). Northern Territory. 2.5

km N. Puntitjata Outstation, Oct 2001, Albrecht 10089

(DNA, PERTH).

Distribution and habitat : Duperreya

commixta occurs in inland Western Australia

from the Hamersley Ranges in the north to

Laverton in the south (Map 1). It has also

been recorded from the south western corner

of the Northern Territory. It grows on rocky

escarpments and along creeklines, on sandy,

loamy or sandy-clay soils in Acacia thickets

(especially mulga and lancewood) and in

bloodwood woodlands.

Phenology : Flowering occurs in the late

winter to spring from July to November

with fruiting specimens collected through to

March.

Notes : The specimen of Duperreya commixta

collected by David Albrecht from 2.5 km N

of Puntitjata Outstation in the far southwest

of the Northern Territory currently appears to

be from a remote outlier more than 500 km to

the east of the main population.

Conservation status : This species does not

appear to be under threat and is given no

conservation status in Western Australia.

However, the population discovered in the

far southwest of the Northern Territory is

significant from a conservation point of view

given its disjunction.

Etymology : The specific epithet is derived

from the Latin commixtio , mixture, referring

to the fact that specimens of this species were

mistaken for D. sericea.

2. Duperreya sericea Gaudich. in Freycinet,

Voyage Autour du Monde... sur les Corvettes

de S. M. I ’Uranie et la Physicienne. Botanique

t. 63 (1828); 452 (1829); Porana sericea

(Gaudich.) F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 100 (1867).

Type: Western Australia. Novae Hollandiae

ora occidentail (baie des Chiens-Marins)

[Shark Bay], C.Gaudichaud s.n. (holo: P n.v.,

iso: G n.v,); fide Staples (1986: 56).

Ipomoea modesta F.Muell., Fragm. 2: 22

(1860), nom. illeg. non Choisy (1854). Type:

Western Australia, “in virgultis ad flumen

Murchison”, A.F.Oldfield s.n. (holo: MEL

n.v.; iso: K n.v.).

Austrobaileya 8(1): 47-54 (2009)

Fig. 1. Duperreya commixta. A. outer sepal at flowering x 5 3 Mitchell 541 (BRI). B. calyx at fruiting x 2, Wilson &

Rowe 967 (NSW). D. sericea. C. outer sepal at flowering x 5, Corrick 8153 (BRI). D. calyx at fruiting x 2, Wilson &

Rowe 1178 (NSW). D. halfordii. E. outer sepal at flowering x 5, Benson & Cooper s.n. (BRI [AQ477737]). F. calyx at

fruiting x 2, Cunningham 520 (NSW). Del. B.Connell.

Illustrations : Staples (1987: 58, fig. 4), as

Porana sericea. Staples (2006: 454, fig. 11).

Perennial; stems climbing, woody at the

base, moderately dense to densely sericeous,

becoming ± glabrous with age; bifid hair arms

0.1-0.3 (-0.7) mm long. Leaf petiole 0.5-2 mm

long, 0.02-0.06 times as long as the blade;

blade linear to linear-ovate, 15-65 mm long,

2-6 mm wide, with a length:breadth ratio of

6.5-14.5, apex acute to barely obtuse, often

slightly acuminate, base rounded to obtuse,

moderately dense to densely sericeous on both

sides. Peduncle 6-14 mm long; bracteoles

elliptic, occasionally ovate or obovate, 2.7-

4.5 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, extending to 5

x 2 mm at fruiting, vestiture as for the leaves.

Outer sepals broadly ovate to broadly elliptic,

5-8 mm long, 3-6 mm wide, with a length:

breadthratio of 1.4-1.6, becoming chartaceous,

broader to almost orbicular and extending to

18 mm x 17 mm at fruiting with the length:

breadth ratio decreasing to 1.1, apex acute

to obtuse, becoming rounded, mucronulate,

base obtuse to rounded, moderately densely

sericeous becoming sparse with age, with 5

prominent longitudinal veins; inner sepals

ovate-elliptic to elliptic, 5-7.5 mm long,

2.8-4 mm wide, with a length:breadth ratio

of 1.2-1.9, extending to 16 mm x 15 mm at

fruiting, apex barely acute to obtuse. Corolla

blue to pale blue, slightly lobed, petals

8-12 mm long, 7.5-10 mm wide at the rim,

rounded-emarginate, apiculate at the distal

end, sparsely hairy on the midpetaline band

for 4-5 mm. Stamen filaments 3-4.5 mm

long, fused to the base of the corolla tube for

0.75-1 mm, glabrous or with an occasional

low tubercle at the base; anthers 1.5-1.75 mm

long, 0.75-0.85 mm wide, basal lobes 0.3-0.5

mm long. Ovary 0.8-1.2 mm high; style 4-5

mm long. Utricle obovoid to ellipsoid, 3.5-5

mm long, glabrous, surface wrinkled and

longitudinally striated; seed 3-4 mm long.

Fig. 1C, ID.

Additional selected specimens (34 examined): Western

Australia. NW of Geraldton, Aug 1967, Ashby 2266

(AD, BRI, PERTH); Woodleigh Station, E of Perth

- Carnarvon road, Murchison, Aug 1960, Burbidge 6456

(BRI, CANB); 12 km N of Murchison River, Oct 1960,

Byrnes 4028 (BRI, PERTH); Mount Elvire Station,

Sep 1990, Chapman & Kealley 90-26 (PERTH); near

Murchison River, c. 5 km upstream of Kalbarri, Sep

1982, Corrick 8153 (BRI, MEL); Pullagaroo Hill, Nov

1992, Cranfield 8646A (PERTH); 3 miles [c. 5 km]

SE of Gravaloo Homestead, Sep 1970, George 10185

(PERTH); between Kunnunoppin & Mt Marshall &

Lake Barlee, 1919, per Grasbys.n. (NSW181029); Isseka

Road East, Northampton, Aug 1999, Shepherd 131

(PERTH); c. 12 km from Denham along main road to

Monkey Mia, Aug 1986, Short 2458 (MEL, PERTH); on

NW Coastal Highway, 32 miles [51.5 km] S of Minilya

Roadhouse, Sep 1976, Whaite & Whaite 4201A (NSW);

29.8 km N of Meka Homestead, Sep 1991, Wilson 1172

& Rowe (NSW, PERTH); 7.5 km N of Murchison Shire

Office, Sep 1991, Wilson 1178 & Rowe (NSW, PERTH);

10 km N of Murchison River on NW Coastal Highway,

Sep 1979, Wilson 2657 (NSW).

Johnson, Duperreya

Distribution and habitat : Duperreya sericea

is found in coastal Western Australia from

between Exmouth and Geraldton in the north

to Northampton in the south, extending

in the southern part of its range as far east

as Menzies (Map 1). It grows in Acacia

shrublands and heath along creeklines and

on rocky escarpments, mainly on red sandy

soils. In inland areas it is commonly found on

granite.

Notes : Two specimens from the Swan River

and Blackwood River housed in European

herbaria were cited by Staples (1987). These

collections were made in the 1800’s. I am

unaware of any collections in Australian

herbaria from this area and in recent floras

of this region the species is not listed. If the

identification and locality information is

correct then it appears this species no longer

occurs in this area.

Phenology : Flowering occurs in the late

winter to spring, from July to October with

fruiting recorded through to April.

Conservation status : This species does not

appear to be under threat and is given no

conservation status in Western Australia.

Etymology : The specific epithetic refers to the

sericeous indumentum which characterises

this species.

3. Duperreya halfordii R.W. Johnson species

nova differt a D. commixta sepalis praesertim

fructiferis latioribus et sepalis florentibus,

corolla, staminibus et stylis brevioribus.

Typus: New South Wales. Lower part of gorge

on W side of Mt Gunderbooka, 7 November

1987, P.G. Wilson 166 & D.l. Wilson (holotypus:

BRI; isotypi: MEL n.v., NSW n.v).

Illustrations: Cunningham et al. (1981: 557),

as Climbing Bindweed ( Porana sericea );

Johnson (1992: 378), as Porana commixta.

Perennial; stems climbing, woody at the

base, moderately dense to densely sericeous,

becoming ± glabrous with age; bifid hair arms

0.1-0.25 mm long. Leaf petiole 0.5-2 mm

long, 0.03-0.07 times as long as the blade;

blade linear to linear-ovate, 10-35 mm long,

1-4 mm wide with a length:breadth ratio of

8.5-11.5, apex acute to barely obtuse, base

rounded to obtuse, moderately to densely

sericeous on both sides. Peduncle 9-10

mm long at flowering, up to 16 mm long at

fruiting; bracteoles narrowly ovate to elliptic,

3-4 mm long, 0.9-1.5 mm wide, extending

to 7 x 3.5 mm at fruiting, vestiture as for the

leaves. Outer sepals ovate to ovate-elliptic,

4.5- 6 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, with a length:

breadth ratio of 2-2.4, apex acute to obtuse,

base attenuate to obtuse, becoming broadly

ovate, chartaceous and extending to 20 mm

x 11 mm at fruiting with the length:breadth

ratio decreasing to 1.5, rounded to almost

emarginate at the apex, moderately to densely

sericeous, becoming sparse with age with 5

prominent longitudinal veins; inner sepals

elliptic to oblong-elliptic, 4.5-6 mm long,

1 . 8-2 mm wide, with a length:breadth ratio of

3.5- 5.5, apex barely acute to obtuse, extending

to 18 mm x 10 mm at fruiting and becoming

obtuse to rounded at the apex. Corolla blue,

slightly lobed, petals 7-10 mm long, 5-6

mm wide at the rim, rounded, sometimes

emarginate at the distal end, sparsely hairy

on the midpetaline bands for 3.5-4.5 mm.

Stamen filaments 3.2-3 .8 mm long, fused to

the base of the corolla tube for 0.5-0.75 mm,

glabrous or with an occasional low tubercle

at the base; anthers 1.25-1.45 mm long, 0.6-

0.7 mm wide, basal lobes 0.3-0.4 mm long.

Ovary 1-1.4 mm high; style 3.5-4 mm long.

Utricle ellipsoid, 4.5-5.5 mm long, glabrous

or with a few hairs, surface wrinkled and

longitudinally striated; seed 4-4.5 mm long.

Fig. IE & IF, Fig 2.

Additional specimens examined : Queensland.

Warrego District: Cunnamulla area, Feb 1972, Pike

24 (BRI); mesa on Norley Homestead, c. 30.4 km N of

Thargomindah, Jun 1955, Smith 6344 (BRI). New South

Wales. Cobar District, Oct 1970, Althofer 147 (NSW);

13.3 km W of Cobar on Barrier Highway on S side of

road, Nov 1984, Benson & Cooper s.n. (NSW645796);

“Mulgowan”, Nov 1984, Benson & Cooper s.n.

(NSW251205); Mt Oxley, c. 20 miles [32.2 km] ESE of

Bourke, Oct 1963, Constable 4510 (NSW); 15 km W of

Cobar RO. along Barrier Highway towards Wilcannia,

Dec 1986, Crisp 7878 (CANB [CBG], NSW); Mark’s

paddock, “Burrawa”, Dec 1969, Cunningham 86 (NSW);

8 miles [12.9 km] W of Cobar, Nov 1972, Cunningham

70 (NSW); 8 miles [12.9 km] W of Cobar, Nov 1972,

Cunningham 520 (NSW); 14.5 km W of Cobar on

Barrier Highway, Oct 1974, Cunningham & Milthorpe

2972 (NSW); 8 miles [12.9 km] W of Cobar, Oct 1911,

Haviland s.n. (NSW251201); Tundulya, c. 25 miles [40.2

km] SE of Louth, Apr 1967, Moore 4869 (CANB, NSW);

Cobar, Dec 1905, Watkin s.n. (NSW181027); “Mt Gap”,

hill to SE of homestead, Nov 1987, Wilson 169 & Wilson

(BRI, NSW).

Austrobaileya 8(1): 47-54 (2009)

Fig. 2. Duperreya halfordii. A. flowering branchlet x 1. B. flower x 4. C. corolla opened, with androecium x 4. D.

ovary and style x 8. All from Cunningham & Milthorpe 2972 (NSW). Del. W.Smith.

Distribution andhabitat : Duperreyahalfordii

occurs in south-western Queensland and

western New South Wales from Cunnamulla

in the north to Cobar in the south (Map 1).

It grows on rocky hills and along stoney

creeklines in Acacia thickets particularly

mulga {Acacia aneura) and lancewood

(A. shirleyi ), and in red box {Eucalyptus

intertexta) and leopardwood {Flindersia

maculosa ) communities on sandy or loamy,

often shallow, red soils.

Phenology : Flowering has been recorded

from September to November with fruiting

through to February.

Notes : Staples (2006) noted that plants of

Duperreya commixta from around Cobar had

wider sepals than those from Queensland and

Western Australia but the sepals appeared

intermediate in size between D. sericea and

other specimens of D. commixta. In other

respects he concluded the Cobar population

was typical of D. commixta. Following the

study of many more specimens that were seen

by Staples it now appears that the eastern

Australian populations are quite distinct from

those in the west. There is a clear disjunction

in the width of the outer sepals at fruiting and

in the length:breadth ratio. The bracteoles at

fruiting are larger in D. halfordii while the

corolla, filaments and style are shorter.

Etymology: Named in honour of David

Halford, colleague, whose taxonomic and

editorial assistance in preparing an account

of the family Convolvulaceae for the Flora of

Australia has been greatly appreciated.

Johnson, Duperreya

Conservation status : This species does not

appear to be under threat and is given no

conservation status in New South Wales. The

populations in Queensland are rare and no

collections have been made during the past

30 years.

Acknowledgements

I gratefully acknowledge the assistance

provided by David Halford. The curators

of NSW and PERTH are thanked for

providing loans for this study. I especially

thank Dr Gordon Guymer, Director of the

Queensland Herbarium, for providing space

and facilities to enable me to continue my

taxonomic research. I am also grateful to Brian

Connell and Will Smith for the illustrations.

References

Bentham, G. (1869). Convolvulaceae. In Flora

Australiensis 4: 410-442. L. Reeve & Co.:

London.

Choisy, J.D. (1837). De Convolvulaceis dissertatio

secunda. [A separately paged reprint from

Memoires de la Societe de Physique et d ’Histoire

Naturelle de Geneve 8: 43-86],

- (1845). Convolvulaceae. In A.de Candolle

(ed.), Prodromus systematis naturalis regni

vegetabilis 9: 323-465, 565. Fortin, Masson &

Cie: Paris.

- (1854). Convolvulaceae. In H.Zollinger,

Systematisches Verzeichniss 127, 134. Druck

und Verlag von E. Kiesling: Zurich.

Cunningham, G.M., Mulham, W.E., Milthorpe, P.L. &

Leigh, J.H. (1981). Plants of Western New South

Wales. Government Printer: Sydney.

Endlicher, S. (1839 [1836-1840]). Genera plantarum.

BeckUniv. Publ.: Vienna.

Gaudichaud, C. (1829) (‘1826’). Botany. In L.Freycinet,

Voyage autour du monde Vol. 1: 433-464

[published 28 Sept. 1829], PilletAine: Paris.

Hallier, H. (1893). Versuch einer naturlichenGliederung

der Convolvulaceen auf morphologischer

und anatomischer Grundlage. Botanische

Jahrbiicher fur Systematik 16: 453-591.

Johnson, R.W. (1992). Convolvulaceae. In G.J.Harden

(ed.). Flora of New South Wales 3: 373-383.

New South Wales University Press: Sydney.

Mueller, F. (1860). Fragmenta Phytographiae

Australiae. Volume 2. Government Printer:

Melbourne.

- (1867). Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae.

Volume 6. Government Printer: Melbourne.

Peter, A. (1891). Convolvulaceae. InA.Engler&K.Prantl

(eds.). Die naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien IV.3.a:

1-40. Engelmann: Leipzig.

Schneider, C. (1916). Convolvulaceae. In C.S.Sargent

(ed.), Plantae Wilsonianae 3: 355-362, Harvard

University Press: Cambridge, MA.

Staples, G. (1987). The genus Porana (Convolvulaceae)

in Australia. Nuytsia 6: 51-59.

- (1990). Preliminary taxonomic consideration of

the Poraneae (Convolvulaceae). Journal of the

Arnold Arboretum 71: 251-258.

- (2006). Revision of Asiatic Poraneae

(Convolvulaceae) - Cordisepalum, Dinetus,

Duperreya, Porana, Poranopsis, and

Tridynamia. Blumea 51: 403-491.

Stefanovic, S., Krueger L. &. Olmstead, R.G. (2002).

Monophyly of the Convolvulaceae and

circumscription of their major lineages based

on DNA sequences of multiple chloroplast loci.

American Journal of Botany 89: 1510-1522.

Stefanovic, S., Austin, D.F. & Olmstead, R.G. (2003).

Classification of Convolvulaceae: a phylogenetic

approach. Systematic Botany 28: 791-806.

Austrobaileya 8(1): 47-54 (2009)

Map 1. Distribution of Duperreya commixta (A), D. sericea (■), D. halfordii (•).

A conspectus of Merremia Dennst. ex Endl. (Convolvulaceae)

in Australia with the addition of two species

R.W.Johnson

Summary

Johnson, R.W. (2009). A conspectus of Merremia Dennst. ex Endl. (Convolvulaceae) in Australia

with the addition of two species. Austrobaileya 8(1): 55-63. A conspectus and key to the species

of Merremia growing in Australia is provided. A new species from Western Australia, Merremia

kimberleyensis R.W.Johnson, is described. A combination, Merremia incisa (R.Br.) Hallier f., which

until recently had been overlooked, is shown to be the correct name for a well-known taxon from

northern Australia. Descriptions and distribution maps have been provided for both these species.

Key Words: Convolvulaceae, Merremia , Merremia kimberleyensis , Merremia incisa , Australian

flora, new species, identification key

R.W.Johnson, c/- Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment & Resource Management,

Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia

Introduction

Merremia Dennst. ex Endl. is a pantropical

genus of more than 100 species (Staples in

press). In preparing an account of Merremia

for the Flora of Australia some changes to,

and clarification of, the current taxonomy

have resulted. This paper is a precursor

to the account in that publication. Until

recently, eleven species of Merremia have

been formally recognised as occurring

in Australia with a further two species

recognised but undescribed. Ten of these also

occur in Malesia (Ooststroom 1953). Six were

regarded as native while the only described

endemic species was thought to be Merremia

davenportii (F.Muell.) Hallier f.

The status of two additional species,

which have been recognised for many years

as distinct, is clarified below.

Materials and methods

This paper is based on specimens mainly held

at the Queensland Herbarium (BRI) and other

herbaria as cited. Naturalised species are

indicated *.

Key to Australian species of Merremia

1 Leaves palmately lobed to palmately compound with up to 7 lobes or leaflets.2

1. Leaves simple, entire, toothed, pinnately lobed or hastate, neither palmately

lobed nor compound.8

2 Leaves palmately lobed to near the base but not palmately compound;

leaflets 3-7.3

2. Leaves palmately compound with 3-5 leaflets.4

3 Plant hairy; leaf lobes coarsely dentate to irregularly pinnately lobed;

corolla white with a rose to purple throat, 3-4.5 cm long.3. M. dissecta

3. Plant glabrous; leaf lobes entire; corolla yellow, 5-6 cm long.12. M. tuberosa

Accepted for publication 5 October 2009

56 Austrobaileya 8(1): 55-63 (2009)

4 Plant with dense stellate indumentum.2. M. davenportii

4 . Plant glabrous or with simple hairs.5

5 Peduncles glandular in the upper part, sometimes mixed with spreading

hairs; sepals at flowering 3-8 mm. long; corolla to 2.5 cm long . . 11. M. quinquefolia

5. Peduncles glabrous or hairy, but not glandular; sepals longer, 7.5-25 mm

long; corolla 2.5-5 cm long. 6

6 Leaflets 3, outer leaflets with a secondary lobe, so appearing 5, leaflets

undulate to occasionally toothed; sepals glabrous, 12-15 mm long, sub¬

equal, acute. 8 . M. kimberleyensis

6 . Leaflets 5, entire.7

7 Outer sepals glabrous, 7-10 mm long, obtuse, much shorter than the inner;

corolla 3-5 cm long.10. M. quinata

7. Outer sepals patently hirsute, 12-25 mm long, acute or acuminate, slightly

longer than the inner; corolla 2-3.5 cm long.1. M. aegyptia

8 Leaves peltate.9. M. peltata

8. Leaves never peltate.9

9 Corolla pink to mauve, glabrous; leaves initially ovate, cordate, dentate,

becoming hastate with a long linear mid-lobe and shorter dentate basal

lobes; sepals ± equal in length.7. M. incisa

9. Corolla white, yellow or orange; leaves not as above; outer sepals shorter

than inner. 10

10 Corolla 2-3.5 cm long, mid-petaline bands of corolla hairy externally;

flowers in umbelliform cymes, rarely solitary.13. M. umbellata

10. Corolla 2 cm long or less, mid-petaline bands of corolla glabrous; flowers

solitary or in few flowered cymes, not umbelliform. 11

11 Sepals slightly unequal in length; outer sepals 3-7 mm long, broadly ovate

to orbicular or broadly spathulate, concave; inner sepals 4-8 mm long;

capsule depressed-globular to broad-conical, wrinkled. 12

11. Sepals distinctly unequal in length; outer sepals 3-4 mm long, elliptic

to oblong-elliptic or oblong, slightly concave or flat; inner sepals 4.5-6

mm long; capsule broad-ovoid to globular, smooth. 6 . M. hirta

12 Outer sepals 4-7mm long, broadly ovate to orbicular, emarginate, not

or slightly mucronulate, usually hairy; inner sepals 6-8 mm long;

corolla 1.5-2.5cm long; capsule depressed-globose, coarsely wrinkled;

petioles appressed pilose, usually without tubercles. 4 . M. gemella

12. Outer sepals 3-4 mm long, broadly ovate to spathulate, broadly notched

at the apex and distinctly mucronate, mucro directed outwards, usually

glabrous; inner sepals 4-5 mm long; corolla 0.5-1 cm long; capsule

depressed-globose or broadly conical, somewhat 4-angular, less

coarsely wrinkled; petioles often with small tubercles.5. M. hederacea

Johnson, Merremia in Australia

Conspectus of the Australian Species of

Merremia

1. *Merremia aegyptia (L.) Urb., Symb.

Antill. 4: 505 (1910); Ipomoea aegyptia L., Sp.

PI. 1: 162 (1753); Convolvulus pentaphyllus

L. , Sp. PI., 2 nd edn, 1: 223 (1762), nom. illeg .;

Ipomoea pentaphylla Jacq., Collectanea 2:

297 (1789); Merremia pentaphylla (Jacq.)

Hallier f., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 16: 552 (1893).

Type: America, Herb. C.Linnaeus 218.35

(lecto: LINN, n.v., [microfiche IDC 177-5. 121:

III. 2 1 fide Austin (1982: 84)).

Distribution : Western Australia, Northern

Territory; native of tropical America, now

widespread throughout the tropics.

2. Merremia davenportii (F.Muell.) Hallier

fi, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 16: 552 (1893), as

M. davenportr, Ipomoea davenportii F.Muell.,

Fragm. 6: 97 (1868), as I. davenporti. Type:

“Davenporfs Ra.” [Davenport Ra., N.T.],

s.dat., J.M.Stuart s.n. (holo: MEL).

Distribution : Western Australia, Northern

Territory, Queensland; endemic species.

3. *Merremia dissecta (Jacq.) Hallier fi,

Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 16: 552 (1893); Convolvulus

dissectus Jacq., Observ. Bot. 2: 4, t. 28 (1767).

Type: seeds from America, Jacquin, cult, in

Vienna, n.v., fide Austin (1979: 219).

Ipomoea sinuata Ortega, Nov. pi. descr. dec.

84 (1798). Type: “Habitat in Insula Cuba,

ubi Aguinaldo vulgo vocatur”, n.v., fide

Ooststroom (1939: 302).

Distribution : Western Australia, Northern

Territory, Queensland, South Australia;

native of tropical and subtropical America,

now widespread throughout the tropics.

4. Merremia gemella (Burm.f.) Hallier fi,

Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 16: 552 (1893); Convolvulus

gemellus Burm.f., FI. Indica 46, t. 21, fig.

1. (1768); M. gemella var. gemella, Ooststr.,

Blumea 3: 302 (1939). Type: Java, s. dat.,

coll., (lecto: G [Herb. N.L.Burman], n.v., fide

Staples & Jacquemoud (2005: 448)).

Ipomoea flava Benth., FI. Austral. 4: 424

(1869). Type: tributaries of the Albert R.,

[Qld], 31 August 1856, F.Mueller s.n. (holo:

MEL).

Distribution : Western Australia, Northern

Territory, Queensland; also SE Asia and New

Guinea.

5. Merremia hederacea (Burm.f.) Hallier

fi, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 18: 118 (1893); Evolvulus

hederaceus Burm.f., FI. Indica 77, t. 30, fig. 2

(1768). Type: Java, s.dat., D.Pryon s.n. (holo:

?G [Herb. N.L.Burman]; n.v., fide Ooststroom

(1939: 306)).

Ipomoea chryseides Ker Gawl., Bot. Reg. 4: t.

270 (1818); Merremia chryseides (Ker Gawl.)

Hallier fi; Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 16: 552 (1893).

Type: “Koenig, India Orientalis”, n.v., fide

Ooststroom (1939: 302).

Distribution : Western Australia, Northern

Territory, Queensland; also tropical Africa,

SE Asia and New Guinea.

6. Merremia hirta (L.) Merr., Philipp. J. Sci.,

C. 7: 244 (1912); Convolvulus hirtus L., Sp.

PI. 1: 159 (1753); M. hirta var. hirta, Ooststr.,

Blumea 3: 311 (1939). Type: India, s.dat.,

Osbeck s.n. (lecto: LINN [Herb. C.Linnaeus

218.56]; n.v., [microfiche IDC 177-5. 122: III.

6],. fide Merrill (1912: 245)).

Convolvulus caespitosus Roxb., FI. Ind., 2: 70

(1824); Merremia caespitosa (Roxb.) Hallier fi,

Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 16: 552 (1893). Type: “Native

of the dry lands of Dinagepore and Rungpore,

from thence the seeds were sent, by Dr Carey,

to the Botanic Garden at Calcutta”, n.v., fide

Ooststroom (1939: 307).

Ipomoea linifolia Blume, Bijdr. 721 (1826).

Type: Moluccas, [Maluku, Indonesia], n.v.,

fide Ooststroom (1939: 307).

Distribution : Queensland; also S and SE Asia

and New Guinea.

7. Merremia incisa (R.Br.) Hallier fi, Meded.

Rijks-Herb. 1: 21 (1910); Ipomoea incisa

R.Br., Prodr.\ 486 (1810); Convolvulus incisa

(R.Br.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 1: 609 (1824).

Type: Northern Territory. Carpentaria. Island

s [Morgans Island], 21 January 1803, R.Brown

[Bennett no. 2751 ] (holo: BM [photo BRI]).

Ipomoea cinerascensRMx., Prodr., 486 (1810);

Convolvulus cinerascens (R.Br.) Spreng.,

Syst. Veg. 1: 609 (1824). Type: Northern

Territory. North Coast. Island of al [Everett

Island], 4 March 1803, R.Brown [Bennett no.

2752 ] (holo: BM).

Merremia sp. B, of Wheeler & Marchant

(1992: 756).

Perennial with a tap root and trailing stems,

rooting at the nodes and twining towards the

tips. Stems terete, herbaceous, densely to

sparsely hairy or ± glabrous; hairs spreading,

tubercle-based, 0.25-0.7 mm long. Leaves

simple, petiolate; petiole 0.5-7.5 cm long,

blade on more basal leaves ovate, ovate-

oblong, rarely narrowly ovate, 1-4.5 cm long,

1.2-4.5 cm wide, base truncate or obtuse to

sub-cordate, apex obtuse or rounded and

emarginate, rarely acute, mucronate, margin

toothed, sometimes becoming shallowly

lobed towards the leaf base, 4-7 teeth per

side, becoming hastate in upper parts, 2.5-10

cm long, 0.2-5 cm wide with an entire to

occasionally toothed linear to linear-oblong,

rarely linear-triangular or narrowly elliptic

terminal lobe, basal lobes dentate to 2 or 3

lobed, discolorous, densely to sparsely hairy

or ± glabrous on both sides, hairs as for the

stem, midrib and 2 pair of veins at the base

and 3-6 each side. Inflorescence axillary,

1, occasionally 2 per axil, cymose with 1-3

flowers, occasionally compound and scorpioid,

bracteolate; peduncle 10-75 mm long, terete,

hairs, including those on secondary branches,

dense to scattered, rarely ± glabrous;

bracteoles opposite to sub-opposite, concave,

linear to narrowly ovate or elliptic, 0.5-2

mm long, 0.4-1 mm wide, acute to truncate,

apiculate, sparsely hairy to glabrous, margin

hyaline, abscissing post-flowering; pedicel 3-

12 mm, slightly dilated upwards, glabrous or

rarely very sparsely hairy. Outer sepals ovate

to ovate-oblong or ovate-triangular or elliptic,

5-7 mm long, 2-3.6 mm wide, extending to 9

mm long in fruit, obtuse, occasionally acute,

apiculate, glabrous or with an occasional hair,

glaucous, margin narrowly hyaline, smooth;

inner sepals ovate to ovate-lanceolate, 5-7

mm long, 2.5-37 mm wide, extending to 9

mm long and 5 mm wide at fruiting, glabrous,

acute to obtuse, apiculate, margin broadly

hyaline. Corolla funnel-shaped, limb ± entire,

10-15 mm long, 15-25 mm diameter, pink to

mauve, occasionally white, with a deep yellow

throat, glabrous; petals 10-17 mm long, 8-10

Austrobaileya 8(1): 55-63 (2009)

mm wide at the rim, tip rounded, emarginate

to shallowly 2-lobed, apiculate, slightly erose,

mid-petaline band with 5 darker longitudinal

veins. Stamens 5, filaments very unequal, fused

to the base of the corolla tube for 1-1.5 mm,

free for 2-6 mm long, terete above, flattened

and dilated downwards into a triangular basal

fused area, with short cylindrical glandular

hairs along the margin to just above the point

of attachment, hairs to 0.5 mm long, base

cylindrical, clear, tip conical, milky, glabrous

above; anthers oblong to ovate-oblong, 1.2-2

mm long, 0.7-1 mm broad, base sagittate,

basal lobes 0.3-0.5 mm long, apex rounded

truncate to slightly emarginate, twisting at

maturity; pollen tricolpate. Ovary ovoid c.

1.5 mm high 1.2 mm diameter, golden yellow,

glabrous, 2-celled, 2 ovules per cell; style 1,

slender, 3-3.5 mm long; stigma biglobular.

Capsule globular to globular-ovoid with

persistent style base, 6.5-8 mm long, 5-6.5

mm wide; seeds globular-ovoid, 4.3-47 mm

long, 3.2-3.6 mm wide, reticulate-foveolate,

dark brown to black, mostly glabrous with

short hairs around the hilum and along the

back and central ridge. Fig. 1.

Additional selected specimens (52 specimens

examined): Western Australia. Piccaninny Creek

Gorge, 15 km SE of Bungle Bungle Range, NE

Kimberley, Apr 1985, Blackwell BB5 , BB122 (PERTH);

tip of One Arm Point, Apr 1992, Carter 533 (BRI); 19 km

from Durack River crossing on Gibb River to Wyndham

road. May 1986, Clarkson 6553 (BRI); creek crossing, 5

km NW of Kalumburu Road junction on Mitchell River

Station track, Jun 1987, Edinger 377 (BRI, PERTH);

Uwins Island, May 2003, Handasyde TH1974 (BRI); 1

km above campsite on tributary of Prince Regent River,

19 km SE mouth, Jun 1984, Kenneally 8900 (PERTH);

SW side of Sir Graham Moore Island, Mar 1993, Mitchell

2941 (BRI); King Leopold Ranges; hill between upper

Lennard River & Eva Gorge, Apr 1988, Sands 4619 (K,

PERTH); near Prison Tree, 23 km S of Great Northern

Highway on Moochalabra Dam road, Apr 1983, Wilson

4848 (NSW). Northern Territory. Darwin & Gulf: c.

40 miles [64 km] E of Mataranka, Mar 1972, Byrnes

2574 (BRI, DNA); Magela Creek upper catchment, Apr

1995, Cowie & Brennan 5640 (BRI, DNA); Arnhem

Land, 19 km E of Jabiru, Apr 1989, Johnson 4521 (BRI);

Mt Brockman Outlier, 15 km SE of Jabiru, Apr 1989,

Johnson 4638 (BRI); 6 km W Roper Bar, Jun 1977, Must

1510 (BRI, DNA); Buckingham River, E. Arnhem Land,

Apr 1992, Russell-Smith 8584 (BRI, DNA); 10 km from

East Alligator River crossing on Oenpelli road towards

Arnhem Land, Apr 1980, Telford & Wrigley 7739 (BRI,

CANB). Barkly Tableland: 76 km S Elliott, Apr 1996,

Albrecht 7460 (BRI, DNA); Stuart Highway, North

Hayward Creek, 58 km N of Tennant Creek, Apr 1983,

Johnson, Merremia in Australia

Fig. 1. Merremia incisa. A. flowering branch x 1. B-E. variation in leaf shape from basal to terminal shoots x 1. All

from Johnson 4638 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

Wilson & Barker 4701 (NSW). Queensland. Burke

District: Spring, c. 3 km SE of Musselbrook Gorge, Jun

1998, Cumming 17664 (BRI); Amphitheatre, 41 km N

of Musselbrook Mining Camp, May 1995, Johnson &

Thomas MRS832 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Merremia incisa

occurs from north of Broome in Western

Australia, across the northern part of the

Northern Territory and extending into

Queensland, north of Camooweal (Map 1).

It is commonly associated with sandstone

massifs often growing along ephemeral

creeks and pools. It grows in open tussock

or hummock grassy eucalypt woodlands on

sandy soils, often containing stone or lateritic

gravel.

Phenology : Flowering has been recorded

from January to August with fruits occurring

from March to August.

Affinities : Merremia incisa is a fairly distinct

species and is perhaps most closely related to

M. hirta (L.) Merr. It differs from the latter

species in having coarsely toothed to lobed

leaves and pink, not yellow flowers.

Notes : Ipomoea incisa has long been

recognised as a coastal species growing in

the Northern Territory. It was thought that

inland specimens growing in sandstone areas

belonged to a related but undescribed taxon. It

was described as Merremia species (Arnhem

Land) in Elliot & Jones (1993) and under

Merremia sp. B. in the Flora of the Kimberley

Region (Wheeler & Marchant 1992). Further

study of the coastal and inland populations

suggests they are both part of the one taxon.

Study of the pollen from the types of Ipomoea

incisa and I. cinerascens indicated they

had smooth colpate pollen and belonged

to the genus Merremia. However, the new

combination for M. incisa made by Hallier

f. was overlooked in Australian literature

and did not appear in the Australian Plant

Names Index (Chapman 1991). As suggested

by Bentham (1869), I. cinerascens appears to

be a more villous form of I. incisa , and after

studying the type material I would support his

views.

Etymology : The specific epithet refers to

marginal toothing and incision of the leaf

blades on the type specimen.

8. Merremia kimberleyensis R.W. Johnson

species nova, affinis M. quinatae (R.Br.)

Ooststr. sed differt foliolis tribus non

quinque et sepalis acutis, subaequalibus non

exterioribus obtusis et quam interioribus

multis brevioribus. Typus: Western

Australia. Kachana Station, [c. 40 km SE of

Kununurra], 16°02'S, 128°56'E, 1 January

1995, T.Handasyde TH.95 KAC 1 (holo: BRI

[AQ532120 Sheet 2]; iso: BRI; PERTH04431685,

n.v).

Perennial with a tap root and trailing stems.

Stems terete, herbaceous, glabrous. Leaves

palmately compound, petiolate; petiole 1-11

cm long; blade ovate to broadly ovate in

outline, 3-11 cm long, divided into 3 primary

leaflets with each of the lateral leaflets with a

secondary lobe towards the base, so the leaf

appears 5-lobed, glabrous, terminal leaflet

narrowly elliptic to elliptic, 3-10 cm long, 0.5-

3 cm wide, tapering towards the base, apex

acute, mucronate, margin undulate, toothed

or occasionally shallowly lobed, with a mid

rib and 12-16 pair of secondary veins, side

leaflets 2.5-6 cm long, 4-12 mm wide, with a

secondary lobe 1.5-3 .6 cm long, c. 6 mm wide

at the base. Inflorescence axillary, cymose,

bracteolate; peduncle 1.5-10 cm long, thin,

wiry, becoming recurved in fruit, bearing

one, occasionally 2 or 3 flowers; bracteoles

opposite to sub-opposite, very narrowly

linear to subulate, 3-5 mm long, 0.7-1 mm

wide at the base, acute, mucronulate, with

Austrobaileya 8(1): 55-63 (2009)

a thin hyaline margin, glabrous, persistent;

pedicel 7-15 mm long, terete, slightly dilated

upwards. Outer sepals narrowly ovate-oblong

to oblong-elliptic, concave, 13-15 mm long,

5-7 mm wide, apex abruptly acuminate,

acute, glabrous, thick with a thin hyaline

margin, smooth, becoming chartaceous in

fruit; inner sepals ovate to oblong-lanceolate

or slightly deltoid, concave, 13-15 mm long,

7-8 mm wide, glabrous. Corolla funnel-

shaped, 3.5-4 cm long, limb 3-3.5 mm

diameter, white, slightly greenish at the base

of the throat, lobed, glabrous; petals 4-4.5 cm

long, 15-16 mm across at the limb, rounded

apiculate at the tip, mid-petaline band with 5

translucent veins. Stamens 5, filaments fused

for 6-7 mm from the base of the corolla tube,

free for 9-12 mm, terete above, flattened and

dilated downwards, hairy on the raised and

angular fused part, hairs moderate to sparse,

0.1-0.3 mm long, basal cell cylindrical with a

blunt terminal cell; anthers oblong to oblong-

lanceolate, 3.25-3.65 mm long, 1.25-1.4

mm wide, sagittate, basal lobes 0.4-0.7 mm

long, apex rounded to emarginate, splitting

lengthwise at anthesis, but barely twisting.

Ovary globular, 1.7-2 mm high, on a distinct

disk, glabrous, 4-celled, 1 ovule per cell, style

1,12-13 mm long, stigma biglobular, each 1.3

mm across. Capsule ovoid to globular, c. 8

mm across; seeds globular-ovoid, c. 5 x 4.75

mm, dark brown to black, densely pubescent.

Fig 2.

Additional specimens examined: Western Australia.

On E side of Wade Creek, c. 40 km W of Kalumburu

Mission, May 1996, Mitchell 4373 (BRI, PERTH); Sale

River, May 1986, Kenneally 9577 (PERTH); Kachana

Station, about 50 km S of El Questro Homestead, Sep

1994, Waser & Hengeler 01 (BRI, PERTH). Northern

Territory. Spirit Hills area, c. 35 km SW of Bullo River

Homestead, Mar 2009, Cowie 12328 (BRI, DNA).

Distribution and habitat : Merremia

kimberleyensis has been recorded from a few

localities in the northern Kimberley from the

Sale River and Wade Creek, to southwest of

Kununurra, extending east into the Northern

Territory (Map 1). It grows along creek banks,

usually on sandy soils, often associated with

sandstone.

Affinities : Merremia kimberleyensis is

related to M. quinata. It differs in having three

leaflets, not five leaflets, in having sub-equal

Johnson, Merremia in Australia

Fig. 2. Merremia kimberleyensis. A flowering branchlet x l . B inflorescence at fruiting x 2. A. from Handasyde

TH.95 KAC 1 (BRI). B. from Mitchell 4373 (BRI). Del. W.Smith.

acute sepals, with the outer obtuse and much

shorter than the inner.

Phenology : Flowering and fruiting have been

recorded in January and May.

Etymology : The specific epithet refers to the

region in which the species is found.

Notes : This species was recognised as

Merremia sp. A. in the Flora of the Kimberley

Region (Wheeler & Marchant 1992) on the

basis of a single specimen from Sale River in

the west Kimberley.

9. Merremia peltata (L.) Merr., Interpr. Herb.

Amboin. 441 (1917); Convolvulus peltatus L.,

Sp. PI. 2: 1194 (1753); Ipomoea peltata (L.)

Choisy, Mem. Soc. Phys. Hist. Nat. Geneve 6:

452 (1834); Operculina peltata (L.) Hallier

f., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 16: 549 (1893); et 18: 119

(1893); Merremia nymphaeifolia Hallier f.,

Verslag Staat Lands Plantentuin Buitenzorg

127 (1896), nom illeg. Type: illustration in

G.E.Rumphius, Herb. Amboin. 5: 428, t. 157

(1750) (lecto,^?£fe Merrill (1917: 441)).

Ipomoea nymphaeifolia Blume, Bijdr. 719

(1826). Type: “in fruticetis montanis et in

convallibus umbrosis circa Buitenzorg”; n.v.,

fide Ooststroom (1939: 352, 357).

Ipomoea menispermacea Domin, Biblioth.

Bot. 89: 535 (1928). Type: Queensland. Cook

District: ap. flumen Harveys Creek, January

1910, K.Domin s.n. (holo: PR530538 [photo

BRI]).

Distribution : Queensland; also tropical

Africa, Malesia to Polynesia.

10. Merremia quinata (R.Br.) Ooststr., FI.

Males, ser. I, 4: 447 (1953); Ipomoea quinata

R.Br., Prodr. 486 (1810); Convolulus quinatus

(R.Br.) Spreng., Syst. Veg, 1: 590 (1824).

Type: Northern Territory. North Coast. Island

a [Mallison Is., N.T.], 1 Mar. 1803, R.Brown

[Bennett no. 2755 ] (holo: BM [photo BRI]).

Ipomoea hirsuta R.Br., Prodr. 486 (1810);

Convolvulus brownii Spreng., Syst. Veg,

1: 590 (1824) nom. illeg. Type: Northern

Territory. Arnhem, north Bay [Melville Bay],

14 February 1803, R.Brown [Bennett no. 2756]

(holo: BM [photo BRI]).

Distribution : Western Australia, Northern

Territory, Queensland; also Malesia.

Note: An earlier but invalid combination for

Merremia quinata was cited by Ooststroom

(1948) referring to Nova Guinea , n.s. 5: 24;

however, this was never published.

11. * Merremia quinquefolia (L.) Hallier

f., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 16: 552 (1893); Ipomoea

quinquefolia L., Sp. PI. 1: 162 (1753). Type:

illustration in Plukenet, Phytographia , t. 167,

fig. 6 (1692) (lecto,fide Austin (1975: 182)).

Distribution: Queensland; native of tropical

America, also naturalised in Africa and

Malesia.

12. *Merremia tuberosa (L.) Rendle, in

W.T.Thiselton-Dyer, FI. Trop. Afr. 4(2): 104

(1905); Ipomoea tuberosa L., Sp. PI. 160

(1753). Type: Jamaica (lecto: LINN [Herb.

C.Linnaeus 219.4], n.v., [(microfiche IDC 177-

5. A123:1. 2)1 fide Austin (1975: 182)).

Distribution: Queensland; native of tropical

America, widely cultivated in Old World

tropics and occasionally naturalised.

13. Merremia umbellata (L.) Hallier f.,

Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 16: 552 (1893); Convolvulus

umbellatus L., Sp. PI. 1: 155 (1753). Type:

illustration in Plukenet, Phytographia , t. 167,

fig. 1 (1692) (lecto, fide Austin (1979: 221)).

Austrobaileya 8(1): 55-63 (2009)

13a. *Merremia umbellata (L.) Hallier f.

subsp. umbellata, Ooststr., FI. Males, ser. I, 4:

449 (1953).

Distribution: Northern Territory, Queensland;

native of tropical America and west tropical

Africa.

13b. Merremia umbellata subsp. orientalis

(Hallier f.) Ooststr., FI. Males, ser. I, 4: 449

(1953); Merremia umbellata var. orientalis

Hallier fi, Verslag Staat Lands Plantentuin

Buitenzorg 132 (1896 ‘1895’). Type: East

Indies, Java, Batavia, no specimen cited, fide

Verdcourt (1963: 54).

Convolvulus cymosus Desr., in

J.B.A.P.Lamarck, Encycl. 3: 556 (1792);

Ipomoea cymosa (Desr.) Roem. & Schult.,

Syst. Veg. 16 th edn, 4: 241 (1819). Type: from

the East Indies, n.v., fide Ooststroom (1939:

334, 341).

Distribution: Western Australia, Northern

Territory, Queensland; also tropical E Africa,

S and SE Asia to Polynesia.

Acknowledgements

I appreciate the support provided by Gordon

Guymer, Director of BRI, which enables me

to continue my taxonomic research. I thank

David Halford who is working with me on the

preparation of an account of Merremia for the

Flora of Australia and Will Smith (BRI) for

the illustrations.

Map 1. Distribution of Merremia incisa ▲, M. kimberleyensis A

Johnson, Merremia in Australia

References

Austin, D.F. (1975). Family 164, Convolvulaceae. In

R.E.Woodson & R.W.Schery (eds.), Flora

of Panama. Annals of the Missouri Botanic

Gardens 62: 157-224.

- (1979). Studies of the Florida Convolvulaceae II.

Merremia. Florida Scientist 42: 216-222.

- (1982) Convolvulaceae. In G.Harling & B.Sparre

(eds.). Flora of Ecuador 15: 1-98. Department

of Systematic Botany, University of Goteborg,

and the Section for Botany, Riksmuseum:

Stockholm.

Bentham, G. (1869). Convolvulaceae. In Flora

Australiensis 4:410-442. L.Reeve & Co.:

London.

Chapman, A. (1991). Australian Plant Names Index

K-P. Australian Flora and Fauna Series 14.

Australian Government Printing Service:

Canberra.

Elliot, W.R. & Jones, D.L. (1993). Encyclopedia of

Australian Plants 6: 389. Lothian: Melbourne.

Merrill, E.D. (1912). Notes on the Flora of Manila.

Convolvulaceae. Philippines Journal of Science

C. 7: 244-245.

- (1917). An interpretation ofRumphius’s Herbarium

Amboinense. Bureau of Science: Manila.

Ooststroom, S.J. van (1939). The Convolvulaceae of

Malaysia II. Blumea 3: 267-371.

- (1948). Additional notes on the Convolvulaceae of

New Guinea. Journal of the Arnold Arboretum

29: 414-418.

- (1953). Convolvulaceae. In C.G.G.J.Steenis (ed.),

Flora Malesiana, Ser.l, 4: 388-512. Noordhoff-

Kolff: Djakarta.

Staples, G.W. (in press). A checklist of Merremia

(Convolvulaceae) in Australasia and the Pacific.

Gardens Bulletin Singapore 60 (3).

Staples, G.W. & Jacquemoud, F. (2005). Typification and

nomenclature of the Convolvulaceae in N.L.

Burman’s Flora Indica , with an introduction

to the Burman collection at Geneva. Candollea

60: 445-467.

Verdcourt, B. (1963). Convolvulaceae. In C.E.Hubbard

& E.Milne-Redhead (eds ), Flora of Tropical

East Africa: 1-161. Crown Agents for Overseas

Governments: London.

Wheeler, J.R. & Marchant, N.G. (1992).

Convolvulaceae. In J.R.Wheeler (ed.) Flora of

the Kimberley Region , pp. 737-759. Western

Australian Herbarium: Perth.

Crotalaria inaequalis A.E.Holland (Fabaceae), a

new species from the Gulf Plains, Queensland

Ailsa E.Holland

Summary

Holland, A.E. (2009). Crotalaria inaequalis A.E.Holland (Fabaceae), a new species from the Gulf

Plains, Queensland. Austrobaileya 8(1): 65-68. The new species, Crotalaria inaequalis , is described

and illustrated, together with a map of its distribution. The distribution, habitat and conservation

status of C. inaequalis is discussed. Crotalaria inaequalis is only known from the vicinity of Croydon

in the Gulf Plains in northern Queensland. An amendment to the key by Holland (2002) to Australian

species of Crotalaria is provided.

Key Words: Fabaceae, Crotalaria inaequalis , Crotalaria smithiana, Crotalaria mitchellii , Australia,

Australian flora, Queensland flora, taxonomy, new species, identification key

A.E.Holland, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Resource Management,

Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong 4066, Queensland, Australia.

Email: ail sa. holland@der m. qld. gov. au

Introduction

The genus Crotalaria L. includes more

than 600 species worldwide with 18

species currently considered to be native to

Australia (Holland 2002). Eleven of these

species occur in north-western Queensland:

Crotalaria dissitiflora Benth. (Section

Hedriocarpae Wight & Arn.); C. calycina

Schrank, C. humifusa Graham ex Benth.,

C. montana Heyne ex Roth, C. brevis Domin,

C. ramosissima Roxb. and C. crispata

F.Muell. ex Benth. (all section Calycinae

Wight & Arn.); C. aridicola Domin and

C. medicaginea Lam. (section Dispermae

Wight & Arn.); C. novae-hollandiae DC. and

C. verrucosa L. (section Crotalaria). Of these,

Crotalaria dissitiflora , C. brevis , C. crispata ,

C. aridicola and C. novae-hollandiae are

endemic to Australia. All of these species are

widely distributed and considered not to be

threatened.

In 1997, a specimen of an unknown

Crotalaria was col 1 ected by Jen ny M i 1 son from

the Croydon area in the Gulf Plains bioregion,

an unique area of grassy woodland on sandy

hills. It was again collected in 1999, 2003 and

2004, found growing mainly in disturbed

areas, suggesting a possible introduction.

However, after investigation, and assistance

Accepted for publication 1 September 2009

from Dr Roger Polhill who checked material

held at the Royal Botanic Gardens Kew, it was

clear that it was indeed a native species. In the

last two years Keith McDonald has collected

several more specimens and it is now possible

to describe this new endemic species, which

is restricted to this area of unique habitat.

Taxonomy

Crotalaria inequalis A.E.Holland, species

nova C. smithiana A.T.Lee maxime affinis.

Ab illo habitu prostrato, quoque pari

stipularum inaequimagno etiam stipulis

ovatis obovatisve et lobis calycis tubum

duplo superans, differt. Typus: Queensland.

Burke District: Croydon Cemetery, 2.1 km

S of Croydon, Apr 2009, K.R.McDonald

KRM8383 (holo: BRI [AQ747613]; iso: CNS,

CANB, DNA, PERTH, K distribuendi).

Prostrate herb with a perennial tap root. Stems

to 70 cm long, striate, densely villous, the hairs

spreading to retrorse, c. 1 mm long, white or

light brown. Leaves simple, blade obovate to

narrowly oblong, variable in size, 6-41 mm

long, 3-21 mm wide, obcordate or emarginate

at apex, tapered at base; upper surface dark

green, sparsely to moderately villous; lower

surface paler, moderately to densely villous.

Petiole 1-3 mm long, not articulate. Stipules

in unequal pairs, sessile, variable in size,

villous, entire, often persisting after leaf fall.

Larger stipule (of pair) slightly longer and

wider initially and increasing in size over

time, ovate to obovate or oblique, 3-12 mm

long, 1.8-8 mm wide, the acute to acuminate

apex becoming obliquely set to one side as

the blade expands. Smaller stipule ovate or

elliptic to somewhat falcate, acuminate, 1-3.5

mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide. Racemes leaf

opposed, determinate, 3-9 cm long, villous,

with up to 10 flowers spaced unevenly along

the rhachis and spreading (in the same plane)

at c. 90° from the prostrate rhachis. Bracts,

bracteoles and pedicels villous; bracts sessile,

ovate, acuminate, 2-4 mm long, 1-2.2 mm

wide, persistent; bracteoles filiform, inserted

variously on the pedicel mostly in the lower

half, caducous; pedicels 3-8 mm long at

anthesis, slightly increasing in length as fruit

develops. Calyx 5-7.5 mm long, deeply divided

into 5 subequal lobes, villous, persistent; tube

campanulate 1.5-2.3 mm long, 5-veined;

lobes more than twice the length of the tube,

narrowly triangular, acuminate, 3.2-57 mm

long, 1-2 mm wide at base, flat. Corolla

longer than calyx, yellow, the outer surface

stained reddish orange, sometimes darker

at the tips; standard suborbicular, strongly

reflexed at maturity, 11-12 mm long and wide,

rounded with a small mucro at apex, with two

horizontal folds near base, and a few hairs

along the midrib on the outer surface; claw 1-

2 mm long and c. 1.5 mm wide, ciliate; wings

oblong, 9-10 mm long and c. 5 mm wide, more

or less equalling the keel, rounded at apex;

upper margin convex with a slight fold at the

base; lower margin more or less straight; claw

slightly twisted, 1-2 mm long; keel sharply

upturned by c. 90° from the base, 10-11 mm

long, 6-7 mm wide; lower margin open along

the rounded base, ciliate along the edges;

upper margin sinuate with a slight pocket

towards base; beak 7-9.5 mm long, twisted by

c. 180° at the apex; claw c. 2 mm long, ciliate.

Stamens with long anthers 1.2-1.4 mm long,

short anthers c. 0.3 mm long. Style sharply

reflexed upwards, hairy on the upper side

for c. 1/3 of the length below the stigma. The

style elongating over time, and protruding

from the base of the keel along with several of

the stamens. Pods spreading (in same plane)

at c. 90° to the rhachis, subsessile, inflated,

oblong-clavate, 20-26 mm long, 8-12 mm

wide, glabrous, light brown when mature,

Austrobaileya 8(1): 65-68 (2009)

indistinctly veined, tapered at the base and

with a 1-2 mm mucro (persistent style base)

at apex. Ovules 8-12, usually with 6 seeds

developing. Seeds oblong-reniform, flattened,

3-4.5 mm long and wide, yellowish-brown,

smooth. Fig. 1.

Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Burke

District: 2.5 km by road, W of Croydon, Mar 2007,

McDonald KRM6255 (BRI); Near Croydon Cemetery, 2

km S of Croydon, Feb 2007, McDonald KRM6061 (BRI);

Lake Belmore, near Croydon, Aug 2003, Fensham 4917

(BRI); 32 km by road S of Croydon towards Claraville

Station, Sep 2006, McDonald KRM5751 (BRI);

Warrigal Creek, 16 km along Richmond road from

Prospect Station road junction. Mar 2008, McDonald

KRM7563 (BRI, CNS); c. 10 km S of Glenora Station, N

of Gilberton, Site CRC45, Jun 1999, Fox IDF207 (BRI;

CNS); Fog Creek Station, near Fog Creek, c. 15 km N of

homestead, 180 km N of Richmond, Apr 2004, Kahler

TH7973 (BRI); Taldora Homestead, 150 km N of Julia

Creek, just E of Saxby Roundup grounds, Aug 2004,

Laffey AZI1622 (BRI); 4 km N of Arizona House, Apr

1997, Mil son JM1274 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: The species

occurs in low open woodland of Eucalyptus ,

Corymbia, Lysiphyllum and Acacia julifera/

Acacia torulosa/Acacia leptostachya with

grass or herb understorey on sand, often on

alluvium in loose sand, in the vicinity of

Croydon. It is found in areas disturbed by

fire or flooding. It is common in the Croydon

cemetery which is disturbed regularly by

slashing (Map 1).

Phenology: This species flowers sporadically

from February to June, probably in response

to monsoonal rain.

Notes: This species is characterised by the

unequal stipule pairs, the prostrate habit, and

the large flowers and pods. It appears to be

related to the shrubby Crotalaria smithiana

which has similar leaves, flowers and pods. It

has been confused with Crotalaria humifusa,

another prostrate species which, however, has

much smaller flowers and pods. There are no

similar species occurring in the area. Many

Australian species of Crotalaria are known to

be toxic (Everist 1981); however, this species

has not been investigated.

Holland, Crotalaria inaequalis

Fig. 1. Crotalaria inaequalis. A. habit x 0.8. B. Leaf showing unequal stipules x 3. C. flower x 4. D. standard petal

(inside) x 4. E. wing petal (inside) x 4. F. keel x 4. G. ovary, style and stigma x 3. H. pod x 2. I. seed x 6. All drawn

from McDonaldKRM7563 (BRI). Del. W.Smith.

68 Austrobaileya 8(1): 65-68 (2009)

The key to species in Australia as presented in Holland (2002) is amended after couplet 19 by

inserting:

19a Stipules in unequal pairs, one much larger than the other; calyx 5-7.5

mm long and calyx lobes subequal and more than twice the calyx tube

.C. inaequalis

19a. Stipules similar to each other; calyx either more than 7 mm long or

if shorter, then calyx lobes unequal or lobes less than twice the length of

the calyx tube.20

Conservation status : This species occurs

in the northern Claraville Plains province

of the Gulf Plains bioregion, between 18°1T

and 19°30'S and 141°17' and 143°05'E, with

an extent of occurrence of about 1000 km 2 .

It has recently been located in reasonable

numbers in the Croydon area and appears to

respond positively to disturbance either from

fire or flood, and in some areas, to mechanical

slashing or light grading (K.R.McDonald,

pers. comm. May 2009). There are no identified

threats to the species. A conservation status

of least concern is therefore recommended.

Etymology : This species is named for the

unequal stipule pairs that are the distinguishing

feature.

Acknowledgements

I thank Keith McDonald (Department of

Environment and Resource Management) for

collecting plant material, habitat information

and comments, Roger Polhill (Royal Botanic

Gardens, Kew) for his search of the overseas

material in determining the status of the

species, Peter Bostock for the Latin diagnosis

and Will Smith for the illustrations.

References

Everist, S.L. (1981). Poisonous Plants of Australia.

Revised Edition. Angus & Robertson

Publishers: Australia.

Holland, A.E. (2002). A review of Crotalaria L.

(Fabaceae: Crotalarieae) in Australia.

Austrobaileya 6: 293-324.

Map 1 . Distribution of Crotalaria inaequalis

Coelospermumpurpureum Halford & A.J.Ford

(Rubiaceae), a new species from north-east Queensland

D.A. Halford 1 & A. J. Ford 2

Summary

Halford, D.A. & Ford, A.J. (2009). Coelospermum purpureum Halford & A.J.Ford (Rubiaceae), a

new species from north-east Queensland. Austrobaileya 8(1): 69-76. Coelospermum purpureum

Halford & A.J.Ford is described, illustrated and diagnosed against allied species. Notes on habitat,

distribution, and conservation status are provided. A key to the species of Coelospermum in Australia

is presented.

Key Words: Coelospermum purpureum, Coelospermum, Rubiaceae, Australian flora, Queensland

flora, taxonomy, identification key, new species

'D.A.Halford, c/- Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Resource Management,

Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia

2 A. J.Ford, CSIRO, Sustainable Ecosystems, Tropical Forest Research Centre, RO. Box 780, Atherton,

Queensland 4883, Australia

Introduction

Fertile collections of the species here described

as Coelospermum purpureum have been in the

Queensland Herbarium (BRI) since the 1950s

and originally were tentatively identified as

Randia sp., assumingly as it is a tall shrub

or small tree, and later (1990s) listed as

Randia sp. (Boonjee L.W.Jessup+ GJM264)

(Reynolds & Halford 1997). Puttock & Quinn

(1999) were not aware of the material and it

was not assessed as part of their study of the

generic placement of the Australian species of

Randia L. sens. lat. The material was brought

to the first author’s attention in 2006 by Dr

Aaron Davis (K) who was of the opinion that

its affinities possibly laid with Prismatomeris

Thw.

Prismatomeris consist of fifteen species

of shrubs and small trees that occur in

South-east Asia (Johansson 1987) and

was initially placed in the Rubiaceae tribe

Morindeae Miq. (Hooker 1873). Recent

anatomical and molecular studies strongly

support the separation of Prismatomeris and

several closely related genera ( Gentingia

J.T.Johanss. & Wong, Motleyia J.T.Johanss.

and Rennellia Korth.) from the Morindeae

sens. str. (Igersheim & Robbrecht 1993;

Razafimandimbison et al. 2008).

Accepted for publication 1 September 2009

The current authors have critically

examined the pollen, flowers and fruits

of Randia sp. (Boonjee L.W.Jessup+

GJM264) and concluded that it belongs in

the Rubiaceae tribe Morindeae sens. str.

and is mostly correctly placed in the genus

Coelospermum Blume. Johansson (1988)

distinguished Coelospermum from Morinda

mainly on pollen-morphological characters

‘the lumina of the sexine being much larger

in Coelospermum with few or numerous

luminal processes’. Leaf material of Randia

sp. (Boonjee L.W.Jessup+ GJM264) was

sent by the second author to Dr Sylvain

Razafimandimbison (Bergius Foundation,

Stockholm) so it could be included in his

molecular ( rps\6 intron, frwT-F, nrETS and

nrlTS) studies of the Morindeae sens. str. He

found that the sample grouped with the other

sequenced Coelospermum species andresolved

as sister to the Australian C. paniculatum var.

syncarpum J.T.Johanss. (Razafimandimbison

et al., unpublished data).

The genus Coelospermum is distributed

throughout South-east Asia, Malesia(including

New Guinea), Melanesia and Australia and

currently comprises eight species (Johansson

1988; Halford & Ford 2004), most of which

are lianas. Two species of Coelospermum are

recorded for Australia (both lianas), namely

C. paniculatum F.Muell. and C. dasylobum

Halford & A.J.Ford (Forster & Halford 2007).

A third Australian species of Coelospermum ,

from north-eastern Queensland, is here

described.

Materials and methods

The study is based upon the examination

of herbarium material from BRI and CNS

(formerly QRS) with field observations by the

second author. All specimens cited have been

seen by one or both authors. Measurements of

the floral parts and fruits of Coelospermum

purpureum are based on material preserved

in 70% ethanol. Common abbreviations in the

specimen citations are: L.A. (Logging Area),

N.R/R. (National Park/Reserve), S.F.R. (State

Forest Reserve) and T.R. (Timber Reserve).

The abbreviation RE in the distribution and

habitat notes refers to Regional Ecosystem,

descriptions of which can be viewed at (in

this case); www.epa.qld.gov.au/projects/redd/

landzone.cgi?bioregion=7.

Extent of occurrence estimates were

derived from the validation of original

collection localities. These data points were

loaded into ESRI ArcView 3.2 and the

draw polygon feature was used to calculate

the area between the points. The area of

occupation estimates were principally

derived from a digital Regional Ecosystem

map supplemented by the second author’s

knowledge of vegetation types and habitats

within the Wet Tropics bioregion (referred to

as the Wet Tropics hereafter) (Environment

Australia 2005).

Taxonomy

Coelospermum purpureum Halford &

A.J.Ford, species nova similis C. crassifolio

J.T.Johanss. (a Nova Caledonia) quod saepe

format fruticem inflorescentiis paucifloribus

floribus pro parte maxima pedicellatis

et fructibus pro parte maxima drupis

simplicibus praeditis autem foliis tenuioribus

atroviridibus in pagina adaxiali marginibus

planis (vice foliorum crassorum viridium vel

flavoviridium marginibus reflexis) et tubis

corollarum longioribus (8-13 mm longis vice

3-7 mm) differt. Coelospermum purpureum

est plerumque frutex usque arbor parva

speciebus ceteris Australiensibus (C. dasylobo

Austrobaileya 8(1): 69-76 (2009)

Halford & A.J.Ford et C. paniculato F.Muell.)

dissimile. Differentiae inter C. dasylobum ,

C. paniculatum et C. purpureum in Tablo

1 instruuntur. Typus: Queensland. Cook

District: Daintree National Park, SE ridge

of Mt Hemmant, above Noah Creek, 5 June

2007, A. J. Ford AF5084 & R. Jensen (holo:

BRI, iso: CNS; L, MO, NSW distribuendi).

Randia sp. (Boonjie L.W.Jessup+ GJM264)

(Forster & Halford 2007: 179).

Randia sp. (Boonjee BG5345) (Hyland et al.

2003).

Randia sp. (Boonjee) (Cooper & Cooper

2004: 451).

Illustrations : Hyland et al. (2003); Cooper &

Cooper (2004: 451), as Randia sp. (Boonjee).

Bushy shrub to 5 m high (usually umbrella¬

like) or small tree to 10 m high, stem diameters

to 8 cm dbh, glabrous. Bark brown, lacking

distinctive features. Wood yellowish, roots

brownish. Branchlets laterally compressed

(elliptic in transverse section), becoming ±

terete with age; bark on old twigs somewhat

flaky, leafy twigs varnished to smooth,

purple when fresh; flattened slightly at nodes;

raphides present. Leaves petiolate, opposite;

stipules interpetiolar, sheathing, 1.5-2 mm

long, produced into a narrow triangular lobe,

purple when fresh, glabrous, fragmenting as

node thickens; petioles 7-15 mm long, purple

when fresh; blades discolorous, leathery and

thin, narrow-elliptic, sometimes narrow-

obovate, 7-15 cm long, 1.9-5 cm wide;

adaxial surface shiny or glossy, dark green;

abaxial surface much paler than adaxial

surface; venation brochidodromus with 5-7

lateral veins per side of midvein; lateral veins

slightly raised on both surfaces, slightly

more prominent on abaxial surface; tertiary

venation not raised; apex acuminate; base

cuneate; margins entire; domatia absent.

Inflorescence terminal, 2-4-flowered umbel¬

like, pedunculate dichasium (rarely with

an additional 3-flowered umbel-like cyme);

peduncle 10-36 mm long, glabrous, terete;

bracts c. 0.5 mm long, glabrous. Flowers

faintly perfumed, (3)4(5)-merous, bisexual;

pedicel 7-18 mm long (rarely absent), laterally

compressed (elliptic in transverse section),

Halford & Ford, Coelospermiim purpureum

swollen distally. Calyx tube (including

hypanthium) green, 3.5-4.2 mm long, 17-2.5

mm across, truncate-urceolate, glabrous,

with scattered colleters on rim; calyx teeth

irregular, triangular, 0.1-0.2 mm long. Corolla

valvate, clavate in bud, deciduous, white at

anthesis becoming cream or yellowish-white

with age, glabrous on abaxial surface; tube 8-

13 mm long, ± cylindrical, slightly widened at

the mouth and constricted at base, fenestrated

by short longitudinal splits in lower third

of tube, glabrous and papillose on adaxial

surface in proximal half but hairy and smooth

distally; hairs simple, c. 0.5 mm long, white,

spreading; lobes spreading and recurved

distally at anthesis, narrow-lanceolate or

very narrow-elliptic, 9.5-13 mm long, 2-2.5

mm wide, glabrous, acute and ± cucullate

at apex. Stamens always exserted; staminal

filaments 2.5-3.1 mm long in long-styled

flowers, 5-6 mm long in short-styled flowers,

inserted at the sinuses of the corolla lobes;

anthers dorsifixed, versatile, linear, 5.8-6.8

mm long, glabrous, with a short mucro at the

tip, dehiscing laterally through longitudinal

slits. Disc annular, entire, c. 0.5 mm high,

glabrous. Ovary 2-celled, biovulate; ovules c.

0.7 mm long. Long styled flowers with style

exserted, 9.7-16 mm long, glabrous; stigma

bifid, with spreading lobes 4.5-7 mm long,

adaxial surface and margin wrinkled, abaxial

surface glabrous. Short styled flowers with

style inserted, 6.6-6.9 mm long, glabrous;

stigma bifid, with erect lobes 3.8-3.9 mm

long, smooth. Fruit a drupe, subglobose to

pyriform (due to fleshy apex of pedicel/stipe),

± laterally compressed, shiny, 14—19 mm long

and 11-17 mm across, yellow-orange when

ripe, glabrous, persistent calyx tube present

but not prominent on surface; pericarp firm,

and leathery; mesocarp fleshy, containing

four pyrenes. Pyrenes oblong-elliptic in

outline, 7-11 mm long, 5-6 mm wide, 2-3.5

mm thick, 1-seeded; endocarp cartilaginous,

pale brown, rugose, with an open basal

marginal groove. Seed 7-10 mm long, 3-4

mm wide, c. 1 mm thick, thickened at one end

and tapering to a thin wedge at the other end,

with an equatorial ring; testa membraneous,

dark brown, extended into a flange/wing at

one end; endosperm corneous, white; embryo

3.7-5 mm long, straight, surrounded by a clear

and sticky gelatinous membrane; cotyledons

1.6-2 mm long, 0.7-1.1 mm wide, thin, c.

twice as broad as the radicle; radicle 1.9-3

mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm wide. Germination

epigeal (phanerocotylar); cotyledons ovate,

22-31 mm long and 14-18 mm wide, base

cordate-obtuse. Fig 1.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: N.P.R. 212, Mt Finnigan, ridge near Mt

Shipton, Oct 1999, Ford2290 (CNS); N.P.R. 133, summit

of Mt Sorrow ridge walk, site 2, Nov 2000, Ford 2532

et al. (CNS); Parish of Alexandra, Little Cooper Creek,

Oct 1994, Gray 5810 (CNS); N.P.R. 133, Daintree, end of

Turpentine road. Little Cooper Creek, Nov 2002, Ford

AF3680 et al. (BRI, CNS); Thornton Peak, west slope,

Sep 1992, Le Cussan 143 (CNS); upper slopes western

fall, Thornton Peak, Sep 1986, Tracey 14992 (CNS);

S.F.R. 310 Swipers L.A., Nov 1955, White [AFO]01317

(BRI, CNS); S.F.R. 310, Windin L.A., Oct 1974, Hyland

7729 (CNS); Stockwellia site, Boonjee, Jun 1995, Cooper

944 & Cooper (CNS); T.R. 1230 Bartle Frere, Boonjee

L.A.,Nov \99\, Hyland 14306 (Cm); S.F.R. 755 Boonjie

LA (on Bartle Frere Track), Dec 1972, Hyland 6594

(CNS); SFR 755 Bartle Frere, Boonjee L.A., Mar 1993,

Gray 5645 (CNS); mid slopes western fall Bartle Frere

track, Oct 1985, Tracey 15546 (CNS); S.F.R. 1230 Bartle

Frere, Boonjee L.A., Oct 1991, Gray 5345 (CNS); T.R.

1230, Boonjee L.A., Nov 1987, Hyland 13327 (CNS);

S.F.R. 755 Bartle Frere, Gosschalk L.A., Gray 6220

(CNS); S.F.R. 755 Bartle Frere, Coolamon L.A., Nov

1990, Hyland 14085 (BRI, CNS); on the old pack track

from Towalla to Chuchabba, Nov 1991, Jago 720 (CNS);

N.P.R. 904 Wooroonooran, along track to Towalla Mine,

Sep 2000, FordAF2446 (BRI); S.F.R. 755, Elinjaa L.A.,

Jun 1974, Irvine 911 (CNS).

Distribution and habitat : Coelospermum

purpureum is endemic to the Wet Tropics

in north-eastern Queensland, where it is

currently known to occur from the Cooktown

area (Mt Finnigan) to the Topaz-Towalla area

on the eastern edge of the Atherton Tableland,

near Mt Bartle Frere (Map 1). However, within

this large range C. purpureum is confined to

three distinctive and disjunct populations

(from north to south):

1. Mt Finnigan area

2. Cape Tribulation area, bounded roughly by

Mt Sorrow, McDowall Range, Thornton Peak

and Mt Hemmant

3. Towalla - Topaz area, including Mt Bartle

Frere.

This species occurs in predominantly the

wetter and more mountainous notophyll

vine-forests/rainforests on soils derived

Austrobaileya 8 ( 1 ): 69-76 ( 2009 )

Fig. 1. Coelospermum purpureum. A. branchlet with inflorescence x 0.6. B. flower (long styled) at anthesis x 3. C.

section of flower (long styled) at anthesis x 3. D. stigma (long styled) x 6. E. flower (short styled) at anthesis x 3. F.

section of flower (short styled) at anthesis x 3. G. stigma (short styled) x 6. H. face view of fruit x 2.1. lateral view of

fruit x 2. J. adaxial view of pyrene x 4. K. lateral view of pyrene x 4. A from Forster PIF21984 et al. (BRI); B-D from

Gray 5345 (CNS); E-G from Hyland 13327 (QRS); H-I from FordAF5084 & Jensen. (BRI); J-K from Ford AF3680

et al. (BRI). Del. W.Smith.

Halford & Ford, Coelospermum purpureum

from granite, fine grained metasediments

(including mudstone) and basalt. However,

it is more commonly encountered on

metasedimentary and granitic substrates,

with occurrences on basalt being rare. In

addition, a specimen has also been recorded

as occurring in closed fernland ( Hunter 2192).

Although it occurs over a disjunct geographic

area common canopy species include:

Balanops australiana F.Muell., Beilschmiedia

oligandra L.S.Sm., Ceratopetalum virchowii

F.Muell., Cryptocarya lividula B.Hyland,

Elaeocarpus elliffii B.Hyland & Coode, E.

foveolatus F.Muell., Flindersia bourjotiana

F.Muell., Flindersia pimenteliana F.Muell.,

Halfordia kendack (Montrouz.) Guillaumin,

Musgravea stenostachya F.Muell., Sloanea

australis subsp. parviflora Coode, Syzygium

endophloium B.Hyland and Waterhousea

unipunctata B.Hyland. Common small trees

and shrubs throughout most of its range

include: Apodytes brachystylis F.Muell.,

Bobea myrtoides (F.Muell.) Valeton,

Chionanthus axillaris R.Br., Crispiloba

disperma (S.Moore) Steenis, Pittosporum

rubiginosum A.Cunn., Polyscias australiana

(F.Muell.) Philipson, Psychotria sp. (Danbulla

S.T.Blake 15262), Schistocarpaea johnsonii

F.Muell., Symplocos sp. (Boonjie B.P.Hyland

2753) and Wilkiea angustifolia (F.M.Bailey)

J.R.Perkins. Altitudinal range, from existing

specimens, is 80-1360 m although there

appears to be a preference between 500 m and

800 m.

Coelospermum purpureum has been

collected or reliably reported in the following

REs: 7.8.2a (rarely); 7.11.12a (commonly),

7.11.12c (occasionally), 7.11.28 (occasionally),

7.11.29a (rarely), 7.11.29b (commonly); 7.12.1a

(rarely), 7.12. lc (rarely), 7.12.16a (occasionally),

7.12.19a (rarely) and 7.12.67 (rarely).

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded

from October to December; fruits have been

recorded from June and July.

Notes : The flowers of Coelospermum

purpureum have been recorded as “fragrant”,

with a “pleasant scent” and with a perfume

which “resembles Gardenia and Frangipanni”

at anthesis.

A few collections {Gray 5645 (CNS),

Hyland 13327 (CNS) and Ford 2290 (CNS))

have seemingly sessile flowers, with the

distinctive long and slender pedicel being

absent. In these collections the flowers are

fused to each others’ bases/hypanthia. This

feature occurs in several Coelospermum

species and is commonly found in

Morindeae sens, str., as well as distantly

related Rubiaceous tribes (Robbrecht

1988; Razafimandimbison & Bremer 2002;

Razafimandimbison et al. 2008).

Johansson (1988) acknowledges the

genus Coelospermum as having a “tendency

towards heterostyly”. This condition has

been observed in Coelospermum purpureum

with measurements of androecium and

gynoecium for Tong styled flowers’ and

‘short styled flowers’ being provided above.

Field observations indicate that each form

is specific to an individual plant and both

forms grow in the same area and produce

fruit. At this time it is unknown whether

Coelospermum purpureum is an obligate

outbreeder.

Affinities : Coelospermum purpureum is

morphologically similar to C. crassifolium

J.T. Johanss. (from New Caledonia) in that the

latter often forms a shrub, has few-flowered

inflorescences with mostly pedicellate

flowers and has mostly simple drupaceous

fruits. Coelospermum purpureum differs

in having thinner leaves that are dark green

on the adaxial surface (compared with thick

leaves that are green or yellowish-green in

C. crassifolium ), leaf margins flat (reflexed

in C. crassifolium ) and longer corolla tubes

(8-13 mm long compared with 3-7 mm long

in C. crassifolium). Unlike the other species

of Coelospermum in Australia (C. dasylobum

Halford & A.J.Ford and C. paniculatum

F.Muell.), C. purpureum is usually a bushy

shrub to small tree. A comparison of

diagnostic differences between C. dasylobum ,

C. paniculatum and C. purpureum is provided

in Table 1.

74 Austrobaileya 8 ( 1 ): 69-76 ( 2009 )

Table 1. Morphological comparison between C. dasylobum, C. paniculatum and

C. purpureum.

Character

C. dasylobum

C. paniculatum

C. purpureum

habit

twining vine or

scandent shrub with

long arching stems

liana

bushy shrub to small

tree

corolla tube length

5-7 mm

3-6 mm

8-13 mm

corolla lobes

densely hairy adaxially

glabrous

corolla lobes length

5-7.5 mm

6-7 mm

9.5-13 mm

young stems and

inflorescences

branches

glabrous

hispidulous

glabrous

fruit colour

yellow-orange to

yellow-brown

red to purple

yellow-orange

fruit form

compound syncarpous

drupe

simple drupe

or compound

syncarpous drupe

simple drupe

rarely compound

syncarpous drupe

inflorescence

many-flowered

paniculate umbel¬

like dichasial cymes

or rarely axillary

dichasial cymes

many-flowered

paniculate umbel¬

like dichasial

cymes or rarely

axillary dichasial

cymes

2 to 4-flowered

umbel-like,

pedunculate dichasia

tertiary venation on

lower leaf surface

raised

not raised

domatia

present

absent

Key to the species of Coelospermum in Australia

1 Shrub or small tree, erect, flowers usually simple and on long and slender

pedicels.C. purpureum

1. Woody vine, twining or scandent, flowers usually arranged into dense,

many flowered clusters.2

2 Young stems glabrous; corolla lobes densely hairy on adaxial surface

.C. dasylobum

2. Young stems with fine short hairs; corolla lobes glabrous on adaxial

surface.C. paniculatum

Conservation status : Most existing

collections of Coelospermum purpureum have

been made within the World Heritage Area of

the Wet Tropics. Coelospermum purpureum

has been collected in Cedar Bay, Daintree and

Wooroonooran National Parks. It has a wide,

but restricted and disjunct geographical range,

with an extent of occurrence estimated to be

680 km * 1 2 and an area of occupation estimated

to be 550 km 2 ; however, it is not considered at

risk at this time. This is despite C. purpureum

fulfilling some of the Geographical Range

criteria of IUCN (2001), viz. VUB1 or VUB2,

however there is no evidence to support a

Halford & Ford, Coelospermum purpureum

projected or inferred decline in population

numbers as the vast majority of the Extent of

Occurrence is within the Wet Tropics World

Heritage Area. In addition, C. purpureum is a

dominant and common shrub where it occurs,

with the exceptions being at the extremes of

its altitudinal range.

Etymology : The specific epithet, from Latin

purpureus, purple, refers to the colour of

the leafy twigs, stipules and petioles of this

species, when fresh.

Acknowledgements

The authors wish to thank Will Smith for

the illustration; Peter Bostock for providing

the distribution map; Les Pedley for the

translation of the diagnosis into Latin; Aaron

Davis for bringing this species to our attention;

Sylvain Razafimandimbison for comments

on the species relationships. Wendy Cooper

and Helen Murphy gave generously of their

time providing field assistance. Permits to

collect in the “Wet Tropics” were issued by

the Environmental Protection Agency. The

curators and staff at BRI and CNS (formerly

QRS) are thanked for allowing access to

specimens and the use of their facilities.

References

Cooper, W. & Cooper, W.T. (2004). Fruits of the

Australian Tropical Rainforest. Nokomis

Editions: Melbourne.

Environment Australia. (2005). Revision of the

Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for

Australia (IBRA) and Development of Version

5.1 - Summary report (2000). Updated, IBRA

Version 6.1 (Digital Data, metadata), [accessed

24 June 2009], http://www.environment.gov.au/

parks/nrs/science/bioregion-framework/ibra/.

Forster, RI. & Halford, D.A. (2007). Rubiaceae. In

RD.Bostock & A.E.Holland (eds.). Census

of the Queensland Flora 2007, pp. 175-179.

Environmental Protection Agency: Brisbane.

Halford, D.A. & Ford, A.J. (2004). Caelospermum

dasylobum (Rubiaceae), a new species from

north-eastern Queensland. Austrobaileya 6:

911-915.

Hooker, J.D. (1873). Rubiaceae. In G.Bentham &

J.D.Hooker, Genera Plantarum Volume 2. L.

Reeve & Co.: London.

Hyland, B.P.M., Whiffin, T., Christophel, D.C., Gray,

B. & Elick, R.W. (2003). Australian Tropical

Rain Forest Plants. Trees, Shrubs and Vines.

CD-ROM. CSIRO publishing: Melbourne.

Igersheim, A. & Robbrecht, E. (1993). The character

states and relationships of the Prismatomerideae

(Rubiaceae-Rubioideae). Comparison with

Morinda and comments on the circumscription

of the Morindeae s.s. Opera Botanic Belgica

6: 61-80.

Iucn (2001). IUCN Red List Categories: version 3.1.

IUCN Species Survival Commission. IUCN:

Gland, Switzerland

Johansson, J.T. (1987). Revision of the genus

Prismatomeris Thw. (Rubiaceae, Morindeae).

Opera Botanica 94: 1-62.

- (1988). Revision of the genus Caelospermum

Blume (Rubiaceae, Rubioideae, Morindeae).

Blumea 33: 265-297.

Puttock, C.F. & Quinn, C. J. (1999). Generic concepts in

Australian Gardenieae (Rubiaceae). Australian

Systematic Botany 12: 181-199.

Razafimandimbison, S.G. & Bremer, B. (2002).

Phylogeny and classification of Naucleae

(Rubiaceae) inferred from molecular (nrlTS,

rbcL. and trriY-Y) and morphological data.

American Journal of Botany 89: 1027-1041.

Razafimandimbison, S.G., Rydin, C. &Bremer, B. (2008).

Evolution and trends in the Psychotrieae alliance

(Rubiaceae) - A rarely reported evolutionary

change of many-seeded carpels from one-

seeded carpels. Molecular Phylogenetics and

Evolution 48: 207-223.

Reynolds, S.T. & Halford, D.A. (1997). Rubiaceae.

In R.J.F.Henderson (ed.), Queensland

Plants: names and distribution, pp. 180-184.

Department of Environment: Brisbane.

Robbrecht, E. (1988). Tropical woody Rubiaceae. Opera

Botanica Belgica 1: 1-271.

Austrobaileya 8(1): 69-76 (2009)

Map 1. Distribution of Coelospermum purpureum * in

north-east Queensland. Shaded area on map indicates

nature conservation reserves (National Parks, Forest

Reserves and Conservation Parks).

Homoranthus tricolor (Myrtaceae), a new

species from south-eastern Queensland

A.R. Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (2009). Homoranthus tricolor (Myrtaceae), a new species from south-eastern Queensland.

Austrobaileya 8(1): 77-79. A new species of Homoranthus is described, illustrated and diagnosed

against related species. It is of very restricted distribution near Mundubbera in south-eastern

Queensland.

Key Words: Homoranthus tricolor , Myrtaceae, taxonomy, Queensland flora

A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment & Resource Management, Brisbane

Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong 4066, Queensland, Australia. Email: tony.bean@

derm.qld.gov.au

Introduction

In September 2007, Trevor Ritchie (DERM,

Maryborough) discovered an unusual

Homoranthus. Photographs and specimens

were sent to the Queensland Herbarium.

The material could not be matched with any

existing specimens, nor would it key to any

species in Craven and Jones (1991). It did not

match either of the two species described

by Hunter (1998), and while very similar

to H. coracinus in floral characters (Bean

2000), it could be easily distinguished from

that species on leaf morphology. This new

species is described as new, under the name

H. tricolor.

Homoranthus tricolor A.R.Bean species nova

ab omnibus aliis speciebus Homoranthi floribus

pendulis saepe solitariis, bracteolis grandibus

praecipue viridibus persistentibus, hypanthio

rubro cylindrico, sepalis nigris laciniatis et

petalis praecipue nigris sed ad extremum

distale viridibus distincta. Typus: Queensland.

Burnett District: near junction of Delubra and

Cadarga Creeks, 35 km SW of Mundubbera, 19

September 2008, A.R.Bean 27986 & T.Ritchie

(holo: BRI (1 sheet + spirit); iso: AD, CANB,

MEL, NSW, US, distribuendi).

Erect spreading shrub to 1.4 m high and 1 m

wide. Bark grey, fibrous, slightly furrowed

towards base of older plants. Leaves linear to

narrowly oblanceolate, 5.3-7.2 mm long, 0.6-

0.9 mm wide, green to grey-green, oil glands

scattered and readily visible, apex acute to

mucronulate; margins entire, not recurved

in fresh material, but strongly recurved in

dried material. Petioles 0.5-0.7 mm long.

Inflorescence borne in upper leaf axils, 1 or 2

flowered. Bracteoles cymbiform, not keeled,

6-7 mm long, 5.3-5.8 mm wide, gland-dotted,

mainly green but with white or red margins,

apex obtuse, persistent at least until anthesis,

enclosing base of hypanthium. Pedicels

absent; peduncles 2.2-3.5 mm long. Flowers

pendulous; hypanthium glabrous, 5-angled

basally, otherwise cylindrical, 6-6.5 mm long,

5-5.5 mm wide, papillose to ruminate and

pale green basally, smooth and red distally.

Sepals 5, each 5-6 mm long, 1.2-1.5 mm

wide, black, entire and slightly tapering in

basal half, and with 3-5 black laciniate lobes

distally. Petals elliptical, concavo-convex,

adnate to the distal part of the hypanthium,

47-5.2 x 2.8-3.2 mm, dark purple to black

basally and medially, apex and margins pale

green, apex obtuse, margins entire. Stamens

10, alternating with staminodes; filaments

0.5-0.8 mm long, anthers globose, basifixed,

dehiscing by pores. Style 18-20 mm long,

straight or distally curved, creamy white,

glabrous except for some simple spreading

eglandular hairs below the stigmatic area.

Ovules 10-12, collateral in two longitudinal

rows. Fruits not seen. Fig. 1

Accepted for publication 30 June 2009

Austrobaileya 8(1): 77-79 (2009)

Fig. 1. Homoranthus tricolor. A. flowering branchlet x 1.4. B. lateral view of leaf x 12. C. cross-section of leaf x 24.

D. flower with one bracteole removed x 4. E. longitudinal section of flower x 4. All from Bean 27986 & Ritchie (BRI).

Del. W. Smith.

Additional specimen examined : Queensland. Burnett

District: Cadarga Creek, 36 km SW of Mundubbera,

Sep 2007, Ritchie s.n. (BRI [AQ 742134]).

Distribution and habitat : Homoranthus.

tricolor is known from a single population

near Cadarga Creek in the Mundubbera area

of south-eastern Queensland. It inhabits a

quartzose sandstone ridge, as a component of

shrubby eucalypt woodland. Associated species

include Corymbia watsoniana (F.Muell.)

Bean, Homoranthus tricolor

K. D.Hill & L.A.S Johnson subsp. watsoniana,

C. trachyphloia (F.Muell.) K.D.Hill &

L. A.S.Johnson, Grevillea whiteana McGill.,

Acacia calantha Pedley and Callitris endlicheri

(Pari.) F.M.Bailey.

Phenology : Flowers are recorded for

September only, but the flowering period

would certainly extend to October.

Notes : The nearest relative of Homoranthus

tricolor is not clear. It seems closest to the

species which have conspicuous, persistent

bracteoles and laciniate sepals, in particular

H. coracinus, H. darwinioides, H. decasetus

and H. porteri. These species are closely

allied to each other in the phenetic analysis of

Copeland et al. (2007).

Homoranthus tricolor is readily

distinguished from these and all other

Homoranthus species by its pendulous,

often solitary flowers, large mainly-green

bracteoles, red cylindrical hypanthium, black

laciniate sepals, and petals mainly black but

green at the distal end. H tricolor has great

potential for horticulture as the flowers are

well displayed, relatively large, and exhibit

a variety of colours. Pollinators are not

known, but native bees and other insects were

observed visiting the flowers.

Conservation status: The total known

population is estimated to be approximately

two hundred plants and is on a Grazing

Homestead Perpetual Lease used for grazing

cattle. Fire response is unknown. Some plants

in the population have trunks around 50 mm

diameter, and hence must be decades old.

However, a variety of age classes are present.

There is no evidence of a decline in numbers

of mature individuals.

The recommended conservation status

using the Red List criteria (IUCN 2001) is

Endangered (criterion D).

Etymology : The Latin epithet tricolor

(meaning three-coloured) alludes to the three

distinct colours on the flowers, i.e. green, red

and black.

Acknowledgements

I thank Will Smith for the illustration, Peter

Bostock for the Latin diagnosis, and Trevor

Ritchie for facilitating my visit to the type

locality.

References

Bean, A.R. (2000). Homoranthus coracinus (Myrtaceae),

a new species from Queensland. Austrobaileya

5: 687-789.

Copeland, L.M., Bruhl, J. J., Craven, L.A. & Brubaker,

C.L. (2007). Phenetic analyses of Homoranthus

(Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae) on the basis of

morphology. Australian Systematic Botany 20:

417-27.

Craven, L.A. & Jones, S.R. (1991). A taxonomic review

of Homoranthus and two allied species of

Darwinia (both Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae).

Australian Systematic Botany 4: 513-33.

Hunter, J.T. (1998). Two new rare species of

Homoranthus (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae)

from the Northern Tablelands of New South

Wales. Telopea 8: 35-40.

Iucn (2001). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria.

Version 3.1. IUCN Species Survival

Commission. IUCN: Gland, Switzerland and

Cambridge, U.K.

Two new species of Morinda L. (Rubiaceae)

from north-east Queensland

D.A.Halford 1 & A. J.Ford 2

Summary

Halford, D A. & Ford, A.J. (2009). Two new species of Morinda L. (Rubiaceae) from north-east

Queensland . Austrobaileya 8(1): 81-90. Morinda constipata Halford & A.J.Ford and Morinda

retropila Halford & A. J.Ford are described, illustrated and diagnosed against allied species. Notes

on habitat, distribution, and conservation status are provided.

Key Words: Morinda constipata , Morinda retropila , Rubiaceae, Australian flora, Queensland flora,

taxonomy, new species

'D.A.Halford, c/- Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Resource Management,

Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia

2 A. J.Ford, CSIRO, Sustainable Ecosystems, Tropical Forest Research Centre, PO Box 780, Atherton,

Queensland 4883, Australia

Introduction

The genus Morinda L. comprises between

30 (Razafimandimbison et al. 2009) and 80

(Mabberley 1997) species mostly in the Old

World tropics. Eight described species have

been recognised for Australia (Halford & Ford

2004). In this paper we describe a further two

new species of Morinda endemic to north¬

eastern Queensland.

The species here described as Morinda

retropila Halford & A. J.Ford has been known

in the past by the misapplied name Morinda

hypotephra F.Muell. (= Palmeria hypotephra

(F.Muell.) Domin) (Reynolds & Halford 1994,

1997). In 1999, the first author examined

flowering and fruiting material of this species

and considered it differed from Morinda

in having pedicellate flowers arranged in

fascicles at the branchlet nodes and simple

drupaceous fruits. Morinda is traditionally

circumscribed as having sessile flowers

forming congested capitula and compound

syncarpous drupaceous fruits (Bentham 1866;

Backer & Bakhuizen van den Brink 1965;

Verdcourt 1976; Smith 1988). Uncertainties

regarding the circumscription of the genus

Morinda and the authors’ lack of knowledge

of the morphological variation over the wider

geographical range of the genus prevented

the formal naming of the species. It has been

most recently listed (at BRI) under the phrase

Accepted for publication 1 September 2009

name Gen.(Aql24851) sp. (Boonjie L. J.Webb+

6837A) (Forster & Halford 2007).

The other species here described as

Morinda constipata was first known from a

single flowering specimen collected in 1974

and was originally identified as M. umbellata

L. Examination of targeted and recent more

ample collections of flowering and fruiting

material reveal that it is a new and undescribed

species similarto Gen.(Aql24851) sp. (Boonjie

L. J.Webb+ 6837A) in having flowers arranged

in fascicles at the branchlet nodes. It has been

listed (at BRI) under the phrase name Morinda

sp. (Bellenden Ker W.Cooper+ 1526) (Forster

& Halford 2007).

A recent molecular (rps\ 6 intron, trriT-

F and nrlTS) study (Razafimandimbison et

al. 2009) of the Rubiaceae tribe Morindeae

Miq. s.s. has inferred that Morinda as

presently delimited is paraphyletic. The

two new species here described form a

small subclade with another two Australian

endemic Morinda (M canthoides (F.Muell.)

Halford & R.J.F.Hend. and M. jasminoides

A.Cunn. ex Hook.) that is nested within

a larger Gynochthodes-Morinda clade.

Razafimandimbison et al. (2009) propose

to recircumscribe the genus Morinda

in a narrower sense and broaden the

circumscription of Gynochthodes to include

almost all lianescent Morinda species. Until

this is formally published and for conformity

we name the new species in Morinda.

Materials and methods

The study is based upon the examination

of herbarium material from BRI and CNS

(formerly QRS) with field observations by the

second author. All specimens cited have been

seen by one or both authors. Measurements

of the floral parts and fruits are based on

material preserved in 70% ethanol. Common

abbreviations in the specimen citations are:

L.A. (Logging Area), N.RR. (National Park/

Reserve), S.F.R. (State Forest Reserve) and

T.R. (Timber Reserve). The abbreviation RE

in the distribution and habitat notes refers to

Regional Ecosystem, descriptions ofwhich can

be viewed at (in this case); www.epa.qld.gov.

au/ proj ect s/redd/landzone. eg i?bioreg ion=7.

Extent of occurrence estimates were

derived from the validation of original

collection localities. These data points were

loaded into ESRI ArcView 3.2 and the

draw polygon feature was used to calculate

the area between the points. The area of

occupation estimates were principally

derived from a digital Regional Ecosystem

map supplemented by the second author’s

knowledge of vegetation types and habitats

within the Wet Tropics bioregion (referred to

as the Wet Tropics hereafter) (Environment

Australia 2005).

Taxonomy

Morinda constipata Halford & A.J.Ford,

species nova similis M canthoidi (F.Muell.)

Halford & R. J.F.Hend. et M. retropila Halford

& A.J.Ford. Ab ilia foliis chartaceis anguste

ellipticis in ambitu apice longe acuminatis

instructis (vice foliorum coriaceorum

ovatorum usque oblongo-ovatorum in ambitu

apice breviter acuminato instructorum)

ramulis juvenibus glabris (non hispidulis)

differt. A M. retropila caespodomatiis

praeditis (vice domatiorum carentium),

caulibus glabris (vice pilorum retrorsorum in

caulibus), pedicellis ovariisque glabris (vice

pedicellorum ovariorumque pubescentium),

plerumque drupis compositis syncarpis

parata (vice semper drupae simplici)

differt. Collectiones antea pro M. umbellata

L. determinatae sunt autem ab ilia capitulis

2- vel 3-floris in fasciculis axillaribus

terminalibusve in pedunculis glabris 1-3 mm

Austrobaileya 8(1): 81-90 (2009)

longis portatis (vice capitulorum 5-6-flororum

in fasciculis terminalibus in pedunculis

hispidulis 3-20 mm longis portatorum)

differt. Typus: Queensland. Cook District:

National Park Reserve 904, Wooroonooran,

just S of tower 9, Mt Bellenden Ker cableway,

17 October 2003, A. FordAF4184 & J. Holmes

(holo: BRI; iso: CNS; L, K, MEL, MO, NSW,

SUNIV distribuendi).

Morinda sp. (Bellenden Ker) (Cooper &

Cooper 2004: 446).

Morinda sp. (Bellenden Ker W.Cooper+ 1526)

(Forster & Halford 2007: 177).

Morinda sp. 2 (Razafimandimbison et al.

2009: 881).

Wiry twining vine to 7 mhigh, androdioecious.

Stems to 7 mm diameter. New growth pale

green. Branchlets terete, glabrous. Leaves

petiolate, opposite; stipules interpetiolar,

sheathing, 2-3 mm long, produced into a

narrow triangular lobe, glabrous, fragmenting

as node thickens; petioles 3-7 mm long; blades

discolorous, ± chartaceous and thin, narrow-

elliptic, 6-9.5 cm long, 1.5-3.5 cm wide,

glabrous; adaxial surface shiny, dark green;

abaxial surface paler than adaxial surface;

venation brochidodromus with 5-7 lateral

veins per side of midvein, slightly raised

on adaxial surface, prominent on abaxial

surface; midvein conspicuously raised on

adaxial surface, prominent on abaxial surface;

interlateral venation raised on both surfaces;

apex acuminate; base obtuse to acute; margins

entire; tuft-domatia present in lateral vein

axils on abaxial surface. Flowers usually 3 or

4-merous, bisexual or unisexual (male only),

sessile, in 2 or 3-flowered capitula, the flowers

joined by the base of the gynoecium or rarely

pedicellate. Capitula pedunculate, in axillary

or terminal clusters; peduncles 1-3 mm

long, glabrous; bracts in connate pairs, cup¬

shaped, produced into a short triangular lobe,

glabrous. Calyx tube truncate or irregularly

dentate, 0.4-0.6 mm long, 1.6-1.7 mm across,

green, glabrous. Corolla valvate, clavate in

bud, deciduous, purplish in colour at base

especially in bud and extending towards

throat, otherwise white, glabrous on abaxial

surface; tube 1.8-3 mm long, slightly widened

at the apex, glabrous inside proximally,

Halford & Ford, New species of Morinda

densely hairy distally with simple hairs

07-0.8 mm long; lobes elliptic, spreading,

recurved, 2.2-3.5 mm long, 1.7-2.4 mm wide,

glabrous adaxially, acute at apex. Bisexual

flowers: stamens exserted; filaments 0.5-0.6

mm long, adnate to corolla tube c. 0.8 mm

below the sinuses of the corolla lobes; anthers

dorsifixed, oblong, 1.1-1.4 mm long, dehiscing

laterally; disc annular, entire, convex, c. 0.4

mm high, glabrous; ovary 2-celled, biovulate,

with false septum in the upper part appearing

to divide each cell into 2; style 2.5-27 mm

long (excluding stigma), glabrous; stigma

bifid, with spreading lobes 27-2.8 mm long,

adaxial surface and margin papillate, abaxial

surface glabrous. Male flowers: stamens

exserted; filaments 0.8-1.2 mm long, inserted

c. 0.9 mm below the sinuses of the corolla

lobes; anthers dorsifixed, oblong, 1.9-2.1 mm

long, dehiscing laterally; disc annular, entire,

conical, c. 0.5 mm high, glabrous; ovary

undeveloped and lacking functional ovules

and style. Fruit a compound syncarpous

drupe (rarely simple), subglobose, laterally

compressed or shallowly 3-lobed (globose

when simple), 6-7 mm long, 10-14 mm across

(widest point) (simple drupes are c. 4.5 mm

diameter), orange when ripe, persistent calyx

tubes not prominent on surface, glabrous;

pericarp thin and leathery; mesocarp fleshy,

containing 8 to 12 (rarely 4) pyrenes. Pyrenes

± obovoid, dorsiventrally compressed, 3.8-4

mm long, 3-3.3 mm wide, 1.9-2.1 mm thick,

1-seeded; endocarp cartilagineous, pale

brown, ± smooth, with basal marginal groove.

Seeds obovate in outline, c. 3x2.8x1.5 mm;

testa membraneous, dark brown; endosperm

corneous, ± white; embryo c. 1.6 mm long ,

± straight; cotyledons thin, c. 0.5 mm long

and 0.4 mm wide; radicle c. 1.1 x 0.5 mm.

Seedlings unknown. Fig. 1.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District. 50 [m] N of station at top of Bellenden

Ker, May 2001, Cooper & Cooper WWC1526 (BRI,

CNS); N P R. 904, Wooroonooran, just S of tower 9,

Mt Bellenden Ker Cableway, Oct 2003, Ford AF4182 &

Holmes (BRI, CNS); ditto loc.. May 2003, FordAF3963

& Green (BRI, CNS); Bellenden Ker Range, Oct 1974,

Hyland 7765 (BRI, CNS); S.F.R. 310 Bellenden Ker, Sep

1977, Gray 695 (CNS); S.F.R. 310, Upper Goldsborough

L.A., Sep 1976, Dockrill 1285 (CNS); N.P.R. 904,

Wooroonooran, steep slope off ‘Donkey Track’ off

Russell River Track, Oct 2001, Ford et al. AF2969 (BRI,

CNS, NSW).

Distribution and habitat: Morinda constipata

is endemic to the Wet Tropics in north-eastern

Queensland, where it is known from three

localities c. 18 km apart predominantly on the

Bellenden Ker Range (Mt Bellenden Ker and

Mt Bartle Frere), with an isolated occurrence

in the headwaters of the Russell River (Map

1). On the Bellenden Ker Range it is recorded

as growing in simple microphyll-notophyll

vine fern thickets on a granitic substrate,

whereas near the Russell River it occurs in

complex notophyll rainforest on soil derived

from mudstones. On the Bellenden Ker Range

the stunted canopy is dominated by: Acmena

hemilampra subsp. orophila B. Hyland,

Balanops australiana F.Muell., Cinnamomum

propinquum F.M. Bailey, Elaeocarpus

ferruginiflorus C.T.White, Leptospermum

wooroonooran F.M.Bailey and Musgravea

stenostachya F.Muell. Common smaller

trees and shrubs include: Alyxia orophila

Domin, Cyathea rebeccae (F.Muell.) Domin,

Hypsophila halleyana F.Muell., Laccospadix

australasica H.Wendl. & Drude, Lino spadix

spp., Polyosma rigidiuscula F.Muell. &

F.M.Bailey ex F.M.Bailey, Triunia montana

(C.T.White) Foreman and Trochocarpa

bellendenkerensis Domin. Although the

altitudinal range is 590-1560 m, the majority

of collections and reliable recordings are

from 1460-1560 m. The species association

for the 590 m collection {Ford et al. AF2969 )

is completely different to the Bellenden Ker

Range as the substrate is mudstone, and for

these details see Halford & Ford (2009, this

issue under Coelospermum purpureum).

Morinda constipata has been collected

or reliably reported in the following REs:

7.12.19a (rarely), 7.12.20 (commonly) and

7.11.12a (rarely).

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded from

September to November, whilst fruits have

been recorded from May to July.

Affinities: Morinda constipata is

morphologically similar to M. canthoides

and M. retropila. Morinda constipata differs

from the former in having chartaceous leaves

that are narrow-elliptic in outline, with a long

acuminate apex (versus coriaceous leaves

that are ovate to oblong-ovate in outline, with

a shortly acuminate apex for M. canthoides ),

Austrobaileya 8(1): 81-90 (2009)

Fig. 1. Morinda constipata. A. branchlet with inflorescence x 1. B. node with stipule x 6. C. inflorescence x 3. D.

bisexual flower at anthesis x 8. E. section of bisexual flower at anthesis x 8. F. male flower at anthesis x 8. G. section

of male flower at anthesis x 8. H. oblique view of fruit x 4.1. adaxial view of pyrene x 8. J. lateral view of pyrene x 8.

A, B, F, G from FordAF4l84 & Holmes (BRI); C-E from FordAF4182 & Holmes (BRI); H-J from Cooper & Cooper

WWC1526 (BRI). Del. W.Smith.

Halford & Ford, New species of Morinda

and young branchlets glabrous (versus mostly

hispidulous for M canthoides). Morinda

constipata differs from M. retropila in having

tuft-domatia (versus domatia absent for

M. retropila ), glabrous stems, (versus retrorse

hairs on the stem for M. retropila ), glabrous

pedicels and ovary (versus hairy pedicels

and ovary for M. retropila), and usually a

compound syncarpous drupe (versus always

a simple drupe for M. retropila). Collections

of M. constipata have in the past been

misidentified as M. umbellata but it differs

from that in having 2 or 3-flowered capitula

in axillary or terminal clusters on glabrous

peduncles 1-3 mm long (versus 5 or 6-flowered

capitula in terminal clusters on hispidulous

peduncles 3-20 mm long for M. umbellata).

Razafimandimbison et al. (2009) have

inferred a close phylogenetic relationship

between Morinda constipata and M.

jasminoides. Morinda constipata is easily

distinguished from that species in having

tuft-domatia (versus crypt-type domatia

for M. jasminoides), interlateral venation

distinctly raised on both leaf surfaces (versus

interlateral venation obscure or only slightly

raised for M. jasminoides), flowers sessile in

2 or 3-flowered capitula or flowers pedicellate

(versus flowers always sessile in 5 to 10-

flowered capitula for M. jasminoides), and

corolla tube 1.8-3 mm long (versus corolla

tube 4-6 mm long for M. jasminoides).

Notes : Morinda constipata occupies a similar

niche to M. podistra Halford & A.J.Ford,

although these species have non-overlapping

distributions. Both species flower and fruit in

the understorey and the twining stems rarely,

if ever, reach the low canopy. In addition,

M. constipata like M podistra produces

locally dense masses of wiry twining stems.

Conservation status: Morinda constipata

is known only from three locations and has

an extent of occurrence of only 72 km 2 ,

which would fit such criteria to be classified

as (at least) Vulnerable (ICUN 2001).

However, there is no evidence to support a

decline in population sizes or extent, and

no suggestion of human activities adversely

affecting current populations. All existing

collections of M. constipata have been made

in Wooroonooran National Park within the

World Heritage Area of the Wet Tropics.

Morinda constipata is not considered at risk

or under threat at this time.

Etymology: The specific epithet is from Latin

constipatus, crowded closely together, and

refers to the flowers arranged in axillary and

terminal clusters in this species.

Morinda retropila Halford & A.J.Ford,

species nova similis M. canthoidi (F.Muell.)

Halford & R.J.F.Hend. et M. constipata

Halford & A.J.Ford. Ab ambobus pagina

abaxiali folii pallenti et aliquantum

cremea differt; paginas abaxiales virides

et M. canthoides et M. constipata habent.

M. retropila foliis chartaceis anguste

ellipticis vel anguste ovatis (vice foliorum

coriaceorum ovatorum usque oblongo-

ovatorum), venatione interlaterali obscura

utrinque folii (vice venationis elevatae),

domatiis in axillis venarum lateralium

carentibus (vice domatiorum praesentium),

ramulis juvenibus pilis retrorsis praeditis

(vice pilorum patentium) a M. canthoidi

differt. De proprietatibus quae distinguunt

M.retropilum aM. constipata vide diagnosem

M. constipatae. Typus: Queensland. Cook

District: Wooroonooran National Park, start

of Bartle Frere walking track, 27 November

2001, P.I.Forster PIF27757 & A.M.Young

(holo: BRI; iso: CNS distribuendi).

Morinda sp. (Boonjee) (Cooper & Cooper

1994: 194).

Rubiaceae gen. nov. sp. (Boonjee) (Cooper &

Cooper 2004: 452).

Gen.(Aql24851) sp. (Boonjie L.J.Webb+

6837A) (Forster & Halford 2007: 176).

Morinda sp. 1 (Razafimandimbison et al.

2009: 881).

Morinda hypotephra auct., non F.Muell.

(Reynolds & Halford 1994: 297; Reynolds &

Halford 1997: 182).

Illustrations: Cooper & Cooper (1994:

195), as Morinda sp. (Boonjee); Cooper &

Cooper (2004: 452) as Rubiaceae gen. nov. sp.

(Boonjee).

Slender twining, wiry vine, probably

androdioecous. Stems pale, to 5 mm

diameter. New growth pale green, slightly

resinous. Young branchlets terete, moderately

to densely hairy becoming glabrous with

age; hairs simple, retrorse, 0.05-0.2 mm

long; older branchlets rugose, glabrous, light

grey. Colleters abundant at nodes of young

branchlets inside at base of stipules; rhaphides

abundant. Leaves petiolate, opposite; stipules

interpetiolar, sheathing, 1.7-3 mm long,

chartaceous, truncate, moderately hairy on

abaxial surface with hairs as for branchlets,

glabrous on adaxial surface, fragmenting as

nodes thicken; petioles green when fresh, ±

terete, 4-10 mm long, moderately to densely

hairy with spreading hairs up to 0.2 mm long;

blades discolorous, chartaceous and thin,

narrow-elliptic or narrow-ovate, 5.5-10 cm

long, 2-4 cm wide, length/width ratio 2.5-4:1,

adaxial surface glabrous, shiny, dark green;

abaxial surface very pale and somewhat

creamish in colour, sparsely hairy with

spreading hairs up to 0.2 mm long; venation

brochidodromous with 4-8 lateral veins per

side of midvein; midvein conspicuously raised

on adaxial surface, prominent on abaxial

surface; lateral venation ± obscure on adaxial

surface, raised on abaxial surface; interlateral

venation ± obscure on both surfaces; apex

usually acuminate with acumen up to 1.5 cm

long or rarely acute; base obtuse to rounded

or abruptly cuneate; margins entire; domatia

absent. Inflorescences 2 or 3-flowered umbel¬

like cymes; cymes shortly pedunculate,

axillary, 1 to many per node; peduncles 0.5-

0.8 mm long; bracts in connate pairs, cup¬

shaped, truncate, up to 1 mm long, whitish,

sparsely hairy abaxially with spreading

hairs up to 0.1 mm long. Flowers pedicellate

(simple and not sessile in capitula), 3-5

(mostly 4)-merous, bisexual or possibly

unisexual on separate plants; pedicels terete,

1-4 mm long, hispidulous with hairs <0.1

mm long. Calyx tube 0.5-0.8 mm long, 1.5-

1.7 mm wide, hispidulous on abaxial surface.

Corolla valvate, clavate in bud with 3 or 4

short protuberances apically, deciduous; tube

2.9-3 mm long widening distally, minutely

hairy abaxially, densely hairy in throat with

long ascending hairs, 0.4-1.3 mm long; lobes

triangular, 2-2.6 mm long, 1.5-2.2 mm wide

Austrobaileya 8(1): 81-90 (2009)

recurved; adaxial surface minutely papillose,

with median longitudinal ridge; abaxial

surface smooth and glabrous; apex indexed.

Disc annular, convex, c. 0.4 mm long, glabrous.

Ovary bilocular; ovules 2 in each locule, with

false septum in the upper part appearing to

divide each into 2, funicle inserted at base

of dissepiment. Bisexual flowers: stamens

inserted in throat of corolla tube; staminal

filaments 0.5-0.8 mm long, adnate to corolla

tube 2-2.5 mm below the sinuses of the corolla

lobes; anthers 1.6-1.9 mm long; styles 3.6-4.6

mm long (including stigma), exserted from

corolla tube; stigma bifid, 0.5-1.4 mm long, ±

erect, upper surface papillose, lower surface

smooth. Unisexual flowers: stamens inserted

in corolla tube; staminal filaments 0.8-1

mm long, adnate to corolla tube 1.5-1.8 mm

below the sinuses of the corolla lobes; anthers

1.5-2.2 mm long; style absent, stigma bifid,

0.3-0.6 mm long, erect, subulate, glabrous.

Fruit a simple drupe, subglobose, 5-10 mm

long, 4.5-9 mm across, umbilicate, orange

when ripe, glabrous; pericarp thin; mesocarp

fleshy, containing up to 4 pyrenes. Pyrenes

± ellipsoid in outline, 3-sided, 2.4-3 mm

long, 2.2-2.6 mm wide, 1.4-1.6 mm thick, 1-

seeded; endocarp cartilagineous, pale brown,

± smooth, with basal marginal groove. Seeds

elliptic in outline, 2.3-2.5 mm long, 1.8-1.9

wide, 0.8-1 mm thick; testa membraneous,

pale brown; endosperm corneous, ± white;

embryo c. 1.4 mm long, ± straight; cotyledons

thin, c. 0.5 mm long and 0.5 mm wide;

radicle c. 0.9 x 0.4 mm. Germination epigeal

(phanerocotylar); cotyledons ovate-reniform,

7-9 mm long, 6-9 mm wide, apex obtuse or

bluntly pointed, base attenuate-auriculate.

Fig. 2.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: N.P.R. 133, Mt Sorrow Ridge walking

track, Nov 2000, Ford AF2527 et al. (BRI); Mt Edith

Road, off Danbulla Forest Drive, Apr 2004, Bradford 3

(BRI, CNS); T.R. 1230, Boonjee L.A., SE of Butchers

Creek township, Nov 1988, Jessup GJM5204 etal. (BRI);

N.RR. 904, Wooroonooran, c. 300 m along track to Mt

Bartle Frere, Apr 2004, Bradford 2 (BRI); Wooroonooran

N.R, Bartle Frere track before Bobbin Bobbin Falls, Oct

1997, Forster PIF21748 et al. (BRI, CNS); property of W.

& W. Cooper, Topaz, Nov 2005, HalfordQ8853 & Jensen

(BRI); vacant crown land, Bartle Frere E of Glen Allyn

Trig., Feb 1962, Webb & Tracey 5794 (BRI); Boonjie, W

of Mt Bartle Frere, 1962, Webb & Tracey 6837A (BRI);

Foot of Bartle Frere, 1 km ESE of Josephine falls, Aug

Halford & Ford, New species of Morinda

Fig. 2. Morinda retropila. A. branchlet with inflorescences x 0.4. B. node with stipule x 8. C. flower bud x 8. D.

unisexual flower (short styled) at anthesis x 8. E. section of unisexual flower (short styled) at anthesis x 8. F. bisexual

flower (long styled) at anthesis x 8. G. section of bisexual flower (long styled) at anthesis x 8. H. lateral view of fruit

x 4.1. oblique view of fruit x4. A from Forster PIF21748 et al. (BRI); B, F, G from Forster PIF26530 & Booth (BRI);

C-E from Cooper WWC1620 (BRI); H, I from Bradford 2 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

2000, Lyons 203 (BRI, CNS); S.F.R. 755, Gosschalk

L.A., E.P./34, Nov 1976, Fitzsimon 241 (CNS); Topaz,

Towalla road, Nov 2001, Cooper WWC1620 (BRI, CNS);

Towalla, Coolamon Creek, May 2002, Booth 3113 &

Jensen (BRI); N.RR. 904, Wooroonooran, c. 700 m S of

Towalla Mine, along old logging track, Oct 2001, Ford

AF3029 et al. (BRI); S.F.R. 650, Mt Fisher, c. 400 m SE

of peak “1230”, Nov 2002, Ford AF3683 (CNS); 6 km

SSW of Millaa Millaa, end of Whiting road, property

D. & S. Clague, Dec 2000, Forster PIF26530 & Booth

(BRI). North Kennedy District: S.F.R. 251, Koolmoon

L.A., 1.5 km S of Coochimbeerum road. May 2001, Ford

AF2861 (BRI); S.F.R. 251, Koolmoon L.A., 1.5 km S of

Coochimbeerum road, off Tully Falls road, Koolmoon

Creek, Nov 2002, Ford AF3700 & Holmes (BRI, CNS);

Tableland L.A., 0.5 km S of Koolmoon Creek near

junction of Ebony road and Tully Falls road, 6 km NW

of Tully Falls, Oct 1988, Jessup GJM2666 et al. (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Morinda retropila

is endemic to the Wet Tropics in north-eastern

Queensland. It is currently known to occur

from the Danbulla area on the Lamb Range to

the Tully Falls area on the southern edge of the

Atherton Tableland, with disjunct populations

near Cape Tribulation (Mt Sorrow) and on the

eastern foothills of Mt Bartle Frere (Map 2).

It is recorded as growing in the wetter, simple

to complex notophyll vine forest or complex

mesophyll vine forest on substrates which

range from basalt, mudstone, granite and

rhyolite to granitic alluvium. Occurrences

on rhyolite, granite, granitic alluvium and

mudstone are less common, with M. retropila

being most common on basalt. Common

canopy trees on basaltic substrates include:

Beilschmiedia bancroftii (F.M. Bailey)

C.T.White, Cardwellia sublimis F.Muell.,

Castanospora alphandii (F.Muell.) F.Muell.,

Cryptocarya oblata F.M.Bailey, Doryphora

aromatica (F. M. Bailey) L. S. Sm., Elaeocarpus

largiflorens C.T.White subsp. largiflorens ,

Endiandra bessaphila B.Hyland, Ficus

pleurocarpa F.Muell., Franciscodendron

laurifolium (F.Muell.) B.Hyland & Steenis

and Opisthiolepis heterophylla L.S.Sm.

Common small trees and shrubs on basaltic

substrates include: Antirhea tenuiflora

F.Muell. ex Benth., Apodytes brachystylis

F.Muell., Atractocarpus hirtus (F.Muell.)

Puttock, Bubbia semecarpoides (F.Muell.)

B.L.Burtt, Irvingbaileya australis (C.T.White)

R.A.Howard, Niemeyeraprunifera (F.Muell.)

F.Muell., Pilidiostigma tetramerum L.S.Sm.,

Symplocos hayesii C.T.White & W.D.Francis

and Wilkiea angustifolia (F.M.Bailey)

Austrobaileya 8(1): 81-90 (2009)

J.R.Perkins. Although the altitude range is

120-1200 m, M. retropila appears to be more

common in the 600-1000 m band.

Morinda retropila has been collected or

reliably reported in the following REs: 7.3.10a

(rarely), 7.3.36a (rarely), 7.8.1a (rarely), 7.8.2a

(commonly), 7.8.4a (commonly), 7.11.12a

(occasionally), 7.12.1a (rarely), 7.12.16a

(occasionally).

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded from

October to January, whilst fruits have been

recorded from February to July.

Affinities: Morinda retropila is

morphologically similar to M. canthoides

and M. constipata. Morinda retropila differs

from both in having a very pale and somewhat

creamish in colour abaxial leaf surface. Both

Morinda canthoides and M. constipata have

green abaxial surfaces. Morinda retropila

differs from the former in having chartaceous

leaves that are narrow-elliptic or narrow-ovate

(versus coriaceous leaves that are ovate to

oblong-ovate for M. canthoides ), interlateral

venation obscure on upper and lower leaf

surfaces (versus interlateral venation raised

for M. canthoides ), domatia lacking in axils

of lateral veins (versus domatia present for

M. canthoides) and young branchlets with

retrorse hairs (versus spreading hairs for

M. canthoides ). For features distinguishing

M. retropila from M. constipata , refer to the

Affinities’ section under that species.

Razafimandimbison et al. (2009) have

inferred a close phylogenetic relation¬

ship between Morinda retropila and

M. jasminoides. Morinda retropila is easily

distinguished from that species by having

pedicellate flowers arranged in fascicles at the

branchlet nodes (versus flowers always sessile

in 5 to 10-flowered pedunculate capitula

arranged in terminal and axillary umbels

for M. jasminoides ), simple drupaceous

fruits (versus compound syncarpous drupe

for M. jasminoides ), corolla tube c. 3 mm

long (versus corolla tube 4-6 mm long for

M. jasminoides). domatia lacking in axils

of lateral veins of leaves (versus crypt-type

domatia for M. jasminoides).

Halford & Ford, New species of Morinda

Notes: The flowers from the collections

Cooper WWC1620 , Forster PIF27757 and

Forster PIF21748 et al. are interpreted

as being unisexual as they have pollen

producing anthers but have a style reduced to

two small subulate stigmatic lobes that only

just extend beyond the annular disk, although

the ovary is well developed with what appear

to be functional ovules. The flowers from

collections Ford AF3029 et al. and Forster

PIF26530 & Booth appear to be bisexual with

a well developed style, stigma, ovary and

pollen producing anthers. Further flowering

material and field investigations are required

to assess what reproductive strategies are

present in this species. This is a similar floral

arrangement as reported in Morinda podistra

(Halford & Ford 2004).

Recently expanded leaves have a velvet¬

like appearance on the adaxial surface, even

though the surface is glabrous. It has been

described as having a taffeta-like shine

(Cooper & Cooper 2004: 452).

Conservation status : Most existing

collections of Morinda retropila have been

made within the World Heritage Area of the

Wet Tropics. It has been collected in Daintree,

Wooroonooran, Tully Falls, Maalan and

Danbulla National Parks. Morinda retropila

has an extent of occurrence estimated to be

no less than 1550 km 2 and occurs over a large,

but narrow, geographical area. Accordingly it

is not considered at risk or under threat at this

time.

Etymology : The specific epithet is from Latin

retro , backward, and pilus hair in reference

to the retrorse hairs on the branchlets of this

species.

Acknowledgements

The authors wish to thank Will Smith for

the illustrations, Peter Bostock for providing

the distribution maps and Les Pedley the

translation of the diagnoses into Latin. Wendy

Cooper and Matt Bradford collected critical

material for interpretation and illustrations.

Spiro Buhagiar of Transmission Holding

Limited Australia (THL) is warmly thanked

for facilitating access to Morinda constipata

populations on Mt Bellenden Ker. Permits to

collect in the Wet Tropics were issued by the

Department of Environment and Resource

Management (formerly EPA). The curators

and staff at BRI and CNS (formerly QRS) are

thanked for allowing access to specimens and

the use of their facilities.

References

Backer, C.A. & Bakhuizen Van Den Brink Jr.,

R.C. (1965). Morinda. In Flora of Java 2:

349-351. N.V.P. Noordhoff: Groningen, The

Netherlands.

Bentham. G. (1866). Morinda. In Flora Australiensis 3:

423-424. L.Reeve: London.

Cooper, W. & Cooper, W.T. (1994). Fruits of the

Rainforest. Geo Productions: Chatswood,

Sydney.

- (2004). Fruits of the Australian Tropical Rainforest.

Nokomis Editions: Melbourne.

Environment Australia. (2005). Revision of the

Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for

Australia (IBRA) and Development of Version

5.1 - Summary report (2000). Updated, IBRA

Version 6.1 (Digital Data, metadata), [accessed

24 June 2009], http://www.environment.gov.au/

parks/nrs/science/bioregion-framework/ibra/.

Forster, PI. & Halford, D.A. (2007). Rubiaceae. In

P.D.Bostock & A.E.Holland (eds.), Census

of the Queensland Flora 2007, pp. 175-179.

Environmental Protection Agency: Brisbane.

Halford, D.A. & Ford, A.J. (2004). Two new species

of Morinda L. (Rubiaceae) from north-east

Queensland. Austrobaileya 6: 895-902.

Iucn (2001). IUCN Red List Categories: version 3.1.

IUCN Species Survival Commission. IUCN:

Gland, Switzerland.

Mabberley, D.J. (1997). The Plant Book: A portable

Dictionary of Higher Plants. 2 nd edn. Cambridge

University Press: Cambridge.

Razafimandimbison, S.G., McDowell, T.D., Halford,

D.A. & Bremer B. (2009). Molecular

phylogenetics and generic assessement in

the tribe Morindeae (Rubiaceae): how to

circumscribe Morinda L. to be monophyletic?

Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution 52:

879-886.

Reynolds, S.T. & Halford, D.A. (1994). Rubiaceae. In

R.J.F. Henderson (ed), Queensland Vascular

Plants: names and distribution , pp. 294-

301. Queensland Herbarium, Queensland

Department of Environment and Heritage:

Brisbane.

Austrobaileya 8(1): 81-90(2009)

- (1997). Rubiaceae. In R.J.F. Henderson (ed),

Queensland Plants: names and distribution,

pp. 180-184. Department of Environment:

Brisbane.

Smith, A.C. (1988). Morinda. In Flora Vitiensis Nova.

4: 332-341. Pacific Tropical Botanic Gardens:

Lawai, Kauai, Hawaii.

Verdcourt, B. (1976). Morinda. In R.M.Polhill (ed.)

Flora of Tropical East Africa. Rubiaceae

(part 1): 145-149. Crown Agents for oversea

Governments and Administrations: London.

Map I. Distribution of Morinda constipate • in north¬

east Queensland. Shaded area on map indicates nature

conservation reserves (National Parks, Forest Reserves

and Conservation Parks).

Map 2. Distribution of Morinda retropila • in north-east

Queensland. Shaded area on map indicates nature

conservation reserves (National Parks, Forest Reserves

and Conservation Parks).

Mischocarpus ailae Guymer (Sapindaceae), a new

species from the Mount Warning caldera, Australia

G.P. Guymer

Summary

Guymer, G.P. (2009). Mischocarpus ailae Guymer (Sapindaceae), a new species from the Mount

Warning caldera, Australia. Austrobaileya 8(1): 91-95. Mischocarpus ailae from south-east

Queensland and north-east New South Wales is described as new with notes on its distribution,

habitat and conservation status. A key to the Australia species of Mischocarpus is provided.

Key Words: Sapindaceae, Mischocarpus , Mischocarpus ailae , Mischocarpus lachnocarpus ,

taxonomy, Australian flora, Queensland flora, new species, identification key

G.P. Guymer, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Resource Management,

Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email:gordon.guymer@derm.qld.gov.au

Introduction

The genus Mischocarpus Blume (tribe

Cupanieae Blume, family Sapindaceae) has

20 species and is distributed throughout Asia,

from India and China to Melanesia and eastern

Australia (Van der Ham 1977; Reynolds 1985a,

1985b). Australia has 11 species (10 endemic)

that occur from Cape York, Queensland to the

central coast of New South Wales. A critical

examination of Mischocarpus specimens at

the Queensland Herbarium has revealed that

the southern populations previously referred

to M. lachnocarpus (F.Muell.) Radik, in

south-east Queensland and north-east New

South Wales represent a quite distinct new

species and it is formally described here.

Material and methods

The information presented in this paper

is based on examination of herbarium

collections at the Queensland Herbarium

(BRI) and National Herbarium of New South

Wales (NSW) and observations of plants in

the field. The descriptions are modelled on

those of Reynolds (1985a, 1985b).

Taxonomy

Mischocarpus ailae Guymer, species

nova differt a Mischocarpo lachnocarpo

capsulis majoribus luteis globularibus (14-

18 mm longis), arillo luteo aurantiacove,

praesentia petalorum et filamentis pilosis.

Accepted for publication 6 October 2009

Typus: New South Wales. North Coast: Mt

Warning, 8 March 2009, D.A.Halford Q9671 &

G.P.Guymer (holo: BRI; iso: BRI, K, L, MEL,

NSW).

Mischocarpus lachnocarpus auct. non

F.Muell., Floyd (1977, 1989, 2008); Van der

Ham (1977, [south east Queensland and New

South Wales specimens]); Reynolds (1983

[excluding the illustration], 1985a & 1985b,

[Springbrook Plateau & New South Wales

specimens, & illustrations]); Harden (1991,

[excluding the illustration of the capsule]);

Logan River Branch SGAP (2005); Leiper et

al. (2008).

Illustrations : Reynolds (1985a, p. 99, fig. 21A,

B; 1985b, p. 172, fig. 31, all as M. lachnocarpus );

Logan River Branch SGAP (2005); Leiper et

al. (2008).

Small trees 3-10 m high, stems up to 10 cm

diameter at breast height with smooth grey or

brown bark; young growth, branchlets, leaf-

axes and inflorescences densely ferruginous

villous with simple erect hairs 0.1-0.6 mm

long; branchlets striate. Leaves with 2 (3 or 4)

leaflets; leaflets opposite, coriaceous, elliptic

or oblong-ovate, 5.5-13 x 2-5 cm (length:

width ratio 3:1 to 2:1), slightly shiny, dark

green above, paler below, slightly bullate,

glabrous except for puberulent midrib and

sometimes lateral veins above, pubescent

below, dense along the midrib and lateral

veins, mid-dense to sparse elsewhere, hairs

simple up to 0.2 mm long (up to 0.5 mm along

midrib), margins recurved, apices obtuse or

retuse, with small umbo <0.5 mm long, bases

obtuse or rounded, midrib sunken in a narrow

groove above, prominently raised below;

lateral veins 10-14 pairs, slender, patent,

looping inside margins, slightly raised above,

raised below; reticulation minute, prominent

and slightly raised above and below; domatia

present as small pockets or flaps at most lateral

vein-midrib junctions below (occasionally at

sublateral veins), 18-30 per leaflet, up to 0.5

mm long; petiolules pulvinate, 3-10 mm long,

pubescent, channelled above; petioles slightly

pulvinate, 10-36 mm long, pubescent, striate.

Panicles axillary, in upper leaf axils, 1.5-7.5

cm long, axes and bracts ferruginous villous;

bracts narrowly triangular, 0.5-2.5 x 0.2-0.7

mm. Flowers white, 3-3.5 mm diameter;

pedicels 1-2 mm long, pubescent, articulate

at the base; calyx 5-lobed to near the base,

lobes triangular to ovate, 1-1.2 x 0.7-0.8

mm, pubescent outside, ± glabrous inside,

persistent; petals present, 4 or 5, rhombic,

with rounded or obtuse apices, 1-1.3 mm

long, sparsely pubescent outside, ± glabrous

inside, claw 0.5-0.6 x 0.2-0.3 mm, scales 2,

villous; disc annular, glabrous or with sparse

hairs above. Male flowers: stamens 8 or 9,

filaments 1.5-1.7 mm long, villous; anthers

0.7-0.8 x c. 0.5 mm, sparsely puberulent;

ovary rudimentary, c. 0.5 mm long, villous.

Female flowers: stigmas 3, recurved,

papillose, remainder not seen. Capsules

globular or subglobular, occasionally 2-

lobed, 13-15 mm diameter, 14-18 mm long,

with a brown pubescence of simple erect

hairs 0.2-0.8 mm long outside, on stipes 5-6

mm long, 3-4 mm diameter, apiculate with

remnants of style and stigmas to 2 mm long,

yellow; loculicidally or septically dehiscent,

valves drying crustaceous, glabrous or with

an occasional hair along the sutures inside;

seeds covered or almost so in a yellow or

yellow-orange aril, aril connector folded

lengthwise, 3-5 mm long extending to 12 mm

and allowing the seed to hang down beyond

the capsule. Seeds 1 or 2, shiny, globular or

semi-spheroid with one flat side in 2-seeded

capsules, 10-13 x 10-14.5 mm, dark brown.

Germination cryptocotylar. First seedling

leaves subopposite, oblong-ovate, 2.5-4.5 x.

2-2.7 cm, sparsely puberulent; petioles 1-2

mm long. Fig. 1.

Austrobaileya 8(1): 91-95 (2009)

Additional specimens examined: Queensland. Moreton

District: near Lyrebird Ridge Road, Springbrook, Dec

1990 ,Birds.n. (BRI [AQ502591]); Repeater StationRoad,

Springbrook, Dec 1993, Bean 7185 (BRI); Springbrook

Lookout, MacPherson Range, Dec 1915, White s.n. (BRI

[AQ118673]); between portions 150 & 94 Numinbah,

NW of Hardys Falls, W side of Springbrook Plateau, Mar

1979, McDonald2821 (BRI); Canyon Circuit Track, near

Ngarri-dhum Falls, Warrie National Park, Springbrook,

Jun 1978, McDonald 2071 (BRI). New South Wales.

North Coast: Mt Warning, Jul 1965, Hayes s.n. (BRI

[AQ118670]); Mt Warning, Mar 2009, Halford Q9670 &

Guymer (BRI, NSW); walking track to Mt Matheson,

Nightcap National Park, Mar 2009, Halford 09673 &

Guymer (BRI, NSW).

Distribution and habitat : Mischocarpus

ailae is known from the Mount Warning

(Wollumbin) caldera, ranging from the

Springbrook plateau, south-east Queensland to

Mt Matheson, and also on Mt Warning, north¬

east New South Wales. It occurs in complex

or simple notophyll vine forest (Regional

Ecosystems 12.8.3, 12.8.5 and 12.11.1) on

basalt, rhyolite or metasediments between

950 to 700 m altitude (to 100 m altitude if

localities of Floyd below are confirmed).

W. J.F. McDonald, Queensland Herbarium

(pers. comm. 2009) has recorded this species

in SE Queensland from Upper Mudgeeraba

Creek, near Mt Gannon, Fairview Mountain

(SpringbrookN.R) and Cave Creek, Numinbah

Valley. Floyd (1977, 1989, 2008) records this

species from Mount Nardi, Boomerang Falls,

Billinudgel, Huonbrook and Upper Crystal

Creek, and the following Nature Reserves:

Andrew Johnson Big Scrub, Goonengerry,

Inner Pocket, Mooball and Numinbah in New

South Wales. No specimens have been seen

from these localities.

Phenology : The species flowers from

November to January and fruits from February

to April, or in July.

Affinities: Mischocarpus ailae has been

confused with M. lachnocarpus in the past

as both species have similar leaves. However,

M. ailae is readily distinguished from

M. lachnocarpus by its flowers with 4 or 5

petals {cf absent), its villous filaments ( cf.

glabrous), and capsules that are yellow {cf.

red or orange-red), globular or subglobular

{cf. trigonous), larger (13-15 mm diameter

cf. 5-8.5 mm diameter) and glabrous inside

{cf. hairy along sutures inside), and its seeds

with a yellow or orange aril {cf. purple or blue

aril).

Guymer, Mischocarpus ailae

Fig. 1. Mischocarpus ailae A. fruiting branchlet * 0.8. B. dehiscing capsule with seed x 1.5. C. domatia on lower leaf

surface x 10. All from Halford Q9671 & Guymer (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

Mischocarpus ailae is not closely allied to

any other species within the genus. However,

the yellow capsules, orange or yellow aril,

presence of petals and pilose filaments

indicate some affinity to M. exangulatus

(F.Muell.) Radik.

Notes : The species was first collected by

C.T.White from Springbrook in 1915 and it was

identified as possibly Ratonia lachnocarpa (=

Mischocarpus lachnocarpus). Van der Ham

(1977) identified this collection and Hayes’

from Mount Warning as M. lachnocarpus

and believed that the flowers of the two

collections were abnormal as “they consist

of several whorls of bracteole-like, sepaloid,

and petaloid scales between which no distinct

limits can be drawn ....a disk is hardly

present”. Recent flowering collections show

the sepals and petals are normally developed

as is the disk.

Reynolds (1985a, 1985b) description of

M. lachnocarpus capsules included those of

M. ailae (based on McDonald 2821 ) and so

an amended description of the capsules of this

species follows. Mischocarpus lachnocarpus

has capsules that are red or red-orange,

trigonous, 5-8.5 mm diameter, with dense

brown pubescence outside of simple erect

hairs 0.4-1.2 mm long, on stipes 4-7 mm

long and 1.4-1.6 mm in diameter, apiculate

with remnants of style and stigmas 1-1.5 mm

long; loculicidally dehiscent, valves drying

crustaceous and golden-brown villous inside

along sutures, and the seeds covered or almost

so in a blue or purple aril (see Williams (1984,

p. 203), Nicholson (1994, p. 47) and Cooper

& Cooper (1994, p. 193; 2004, p. 497) for

coloured illustrations).

Conservation status : Mischocarpus ailae

has a restricted area of occurrence of about

750 km 2 within the Mt Warning caldera. Its

natural extent most likely declined early last

century when the Springbrook Plateau was

cleared of vegetation. However, existing

populations of it are conserved in National

Parks (Springbrook and Nightcap) and Nature

Reserves, and it is not threatened at this time.

Etymology : The species is named for Dr Aila

Keto (1943-), founder and President of the

Australian Rainforest Conservation Society ,

Austrobaileya 8(1): 91-95 (2009)

who has made major contributions to the

conservation of Australia’s rainforests and

their World Heritage listing.

Common name : woolly brush apple (Floyd

1977). Harden (1991) gives the common

name as woolly pear-fruit but this applies to

Mischocarpus lachnocarpus.

Key to Mischocarpus species in Australia

1 Domatia present, as domes, pockets or small pits along the midrib of the

leaflets below.2

1. Domatia absent.9

2 Leaves with 6-12 leaflets, white and papillose below together with

appressed fine simple brown hairs, usually with a solitary dome

domatium near the base. NE Qld. M. albescens

2. Leaves with 2-6 leaflets; leaflets green or pale green below (not papillose),

with cavity, pit or 1 or more dome domatia.3

3 Domatia as conspicuous raised pockets or domes.4

3. Domatia as small pits or pockets (not raised).6

4 Leaflets 2-6, obovate-oblong, elliptic or ovate, 3.5-11.5 x 1.5-6.5 cm;

domatia 1-7 per leaflet, raised domes near base of leaflet below.5

4. Leaflets 5-8, elliptic to ovate, 5-18 x 1.5-8 cm; domatia 5-16 per leaflet,

raised pockets along midrib below. Mcllwraith Ra. to Paluma, N Qld

M. exangulatus

5 Leaflets 2-4, domatia 1 or 2 at base of each leaflet; petals absent; filaments

glabrous; capsules villous inside; aril purple. Daintree, NE Qld to

Richmond River, NSW. M. anodontus

5. Leaflets 2-6, domatia 1-7 per leaflet; petals present; filaments villous;

capsules glabrous inside, aril orange. Thornton Peak to Mt Bartle Frere,

above 950 m altitude, NE Qld. M. montanus

6 Leaflets pubescent below; domatia 10-30 per leaflet as small concealed

pockets along midrib at most lateral veins.7

6. Leaflets glabrous below; domatia 4-20 per leaflet, visible with a hand lens

as small pits c. 0.5 mm diameter.8

7 Flowers with petals; stamens with pilose filaments; capsules globular

or subglobular, yellow, 13-15 mm diameter on stipes 5-6 mm long,

glabrous inside; seeds with yellow or yellow-orange aril. Mt Warning

caldera: Springbrook, SE Qld to Mt Matheson, NE New South Wales

.M. ailae

7. Flowers without petals; stamens with glabrous filaments; capsules

trigonous, red or red-orange, 5-8.5 mm diameter on stipes 4-7 mm

long, villous inside; seeds with blue or purple aril. Bamaga to Paluma,

NE Qld & New Guinea. M. lachnocarpus

Guymer, Mischocarpus ailae 95

8 Leaflets 4-6, vernicose above; capsules on stipes 10-22 mm long, sparsely

villous inside, septa glabrous. Cape York to Eungella, Qld.M. stipitatus

8. Leaflets 2-4, shiny above; capsules on stipes 3-6 mm long, densely villous

inside including septa. Gympie, SE Qld to Williams River, NSW.M. australis

9 Leaves with 8-10 leaflets, 22-50 x 8-20 cm; leaf rachis 13-60 cm long.

Wet Tropics, NE Qld.M. grandissimus

9. Leaves with 4-8 leaflets 4-18 x 1-8 cm; leaf rachis less than 12 cm long.10

10 Petals present; stamens with pilose filaments; leaflets with indistinct

lateral veins; aril orange or red. Wet Tropics NE Qld to NE NSW

.M. pyriformis

10. Petals absent; stamens with glabrous filaments; leaflets with conspicuous

lateral veins; aril blue or purple.11

11 Capsules subglobose 6-10 mm diameter on stipes 9-12 mm long; valves

sparsely appressed villous inside; leaflets glossy or vernicose above; aril

partly enclosing the seed, pale purple or blue. Cape York to Eungella,

Qld.M. stipitatus

11. Capsules trigonous, obovoid, 12-14 mm diameter on stipes 9-13 mm

long; valves glabrous inside; leaflets matt or slightly shiny above;

aril completely enclosing the seed, dark purple or blue. Atherton to

Eungella, Qld.M. macrocarpus

Acknowledgements

I thank Will Smith for the illustrations, Peter

Bostock for checking the Latin diagnosis and

David Halford for field assistance.

References

Cooper, W. & Cooper, W.T. (1994). Fruits of the

Rainforest: a guide to fruits in Australian

Tropical Rain Forests. RD Press: Surry Hills.

- (2004). Fruits ofthe Tropical Australian Rainforest.

Nokomis Editions Pty Ltd: Melbourne.

Floyd, A.G. (1977). N.S.W. Rainforest Trees Part V,

Families SapindaceaeandAkaniaceae. Forestry

Commission of New South Wales: Sydney.

- (1989). Rainforest Trees of Mainland South-eastern

Australia. Inkata Press: Melbourne & Sydney.

- (2008). Rainforest Trees of Mainland South-eastern

Australia. 2 nd Edition. Terania Rainforest

Publishing: The Channon via Lismore.

Harden, G. J. (1991). Mischocarpus. In G.J.Harden (ed.),

Flora of New South Wales 2: 299-300. New

South Wales University Press: Kensington.

Leiper, G., Glazebrook, J., Cox, D. & Rathie, K. (2008).

Mangroves to Mountains: a field guide to the

native plants of south-east Queensland. Society

for Growing Australian Plants (Queensland

Region) Inc., Logan River Branch: Browns

Plains.

Logan River Branch Sgap (2005). Mangroves to

Mountains Volume 2. Logan River Branch

SGAP (Qld Region) Inc.: Browns Plains.

Nicholson, N. & Nicholson, H. (1994). Australian

Rainforest Plants IV. Terania Rainforest

Publishing: The Channon, NSW.

Reynolds, S. (1983). Sapindaceae. In T.D.Stanley

& E.M.Ross (eds.), Flora of South-eastern

Queensland 'Volume 1. Queensland Department

of Primary Industries: Brisbane.

- (1985a). Notes on Sapindaceae, IV. Austrobaileya

2: 153-189.

- (1985b). Mischocarpus (Sapindaceae). In

A.S.George (ed.), Flora of Australia 25: 94-101.

Australian Government Publishing Service:

Canberra.

Van Der Ham, R.W.J.M. (1977). A revision of

Mischocarpus (Sapindaceae). Blumea 23:

251-288.

Williams, K.A.W. (1984). Native Plants of Queensland ,

Volume 2. K.A.W.Williams: North Ipswich.

Austrobaileya 8(1): 97 (2009) 97

SHORT COMMUNICATION

The identity of Centaurea riparia DC. (Asteraceae)

A.R.Bean

Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment & Resource Management, Brisbane Botanic

Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland4066, Australia. Email:tony.bean@derm.qld.gov.

As part of my Flora of Australia treatment

for the genus Centaurea L., Tribe Cardueae

(Asteraceae), it was necessary to account

for all names listed in the Australian Plant

Name Index (Chapman 1991), i.e. those which

either have an Australian type or that have

been used in Australia. One name, Centaurea

riparia DC., based on an Allan Cunningham

collection from the Hastings River, has never

been otherwise accounted for in Australian

literature.

Upon examination of the microfiche of the

type specimen, I immediately recognised it

as the species currently called Centratherum

australianum (K.Kirkman) A.R.Bean, of

the Tribe Vernonieae (Bean 2004). Several

parts of the protologue (de Candolle 1837)

offer confirmation of this identification: de

Candolle stated that the flower-heads are

‘bracteate’; that the exterior involucral bracts

are shortly acuminate while the interior ones

are coloured and somewhat denticulate; that

the achenes are obscurely 10-nerved; and that

the pappus is “caducissimus”

Leafy bracts are a distinctive feature of

Centratherum Cass. The inner and outer

involucral bracts of Centratherum are as

described in the protologue. The achenes of

Centratherum are indeed 10-ribbed, and the

pappus falls off at the slightest touch.

Centaurea riparia is an earlier name for

the species currently called Centratherum

australianum , and therefore a new

combination in Centratherum is necessary.

The type specimen was collected by Allan

Cunninghamfromthe“herb-filledriverbanks”

of the Hastings River near Port Macquarie. He

would have collected it in May 1819, during

PPKing’s 2 nd voyage of exploration (Curry &

Maslin 1990).

Centratherum riparium (DC.) A.R.Bean,

comb, nov.; Centaurea riparia DC., Prodr.

6: 602 (1837). Type: New South Wales.

Hastings River, near Port Macquarie, undated

[May 1819], A.Cunningham s.n. (holo: G-DC,

microfiche seen).

Centratherum punctatum subsp. australianum

K.Kirkman, Rhodora 83: 21 (1981); C.

australianum (K.Kirkman) A.R.Bean,

Austrobaileya 6: 977 (2004), syn. nov. Type:

New South Wales. West of Wingham on

Bulga road, 12 April 1953, J.Vickery 23846

(holo: NSW; iso: L, MO).

References

Bean, A.R. (2004). A new combination in Centratherum

Cass. (Asteraceae). Austrobaileya 6: 977-978.

Chapman, A.D. (1991). Australian Plant Name Index.

Australian Flora and Fauna Series 12. Australian

Biological Resources Study: Canberra.

Curry, S. & Maslin, B. (1990). Cunningham’s collecting

localities while botanist on Lieutenant Phillip

Parker King’s survey of coastal Australia,

December 1817 to April 1822. In RS.Short (ed.).

History of systematic botany in Australasia, pp.

137-148. Australian Systematic Botany Society

Inc.: Burwood, Victoria.

de Candolle, A.P. (1837). Centaurea. In Prodromus

systematis naturalis regni vegetabilis , 6: 565-

605. Treuttel & Wurtz: Paris.

Accepted for publication 1 September 2009

Austrobaileya 8 ( 1 ): 99-102 ( 2009 )

SHORT COMMUNICATION

Rediscovery of Uncaria cordata (Lour.) Merr. var.

cordata (Rubiaceae: Naucleeae) in Australia

Andrew J. Ford 1 and Jack W. Hasenpusch 2

'CSIRO Sustainable Ecosystems, Climate Adaptation Flagship, Tropical Forest Research Centre, RO.

Box 780, Atherton, Queensland 4883, Australia

Australian Insect Farm, P.O. Box 26, Innisfail, Queensland 4860, Australia

Uncaria Schreb. (Rubiaceae: Naucleeae )

comprises approximately 34 species

distributed in central America, south-east

Asia, Malesia, the western Pacific, Australia

and Africa (Ridsdale 1978). All species

are vines, characterised by the presence of

persistent woody hooks at stem nodes and

on old inflorescences. These hooks are the

climbing agents within the genus and represent

reduced and modified branches from one of the

two axillary buds (Ridsdale 1978). Robbrecht

(1988) placed Uncaria in the tribe Cinchoneae

within the subfamily Cinchonoideae ,

although it is now accepted to be in the tribe

Naucleeae (Razafimandimbison & Bremer

2002). The tribe Naucleeae is distinguished

from other tribes in Rubiaceae by having the

combination of “numerous flowers arranged

in globose inflorescences and epigynous floral

nectaries deeply embedded in hypanthia”

(Razafimandimbison & Bremer 2002).

Currently, three species of Uncaria are

recorded for Australia (Cooper & Cooper

2004; Forster & Halford 2007), with all

species restricted to Queensland, although

none are endemic. Uncaria callophylla Blume

ex Korth. is found on far northern Cape

York Peninsula, U. cordata (Lour.) Merr.

var. cordata is known only from between

Gordonvale and Innisfail (south of Cairns),

and U. lanosa var. appendiculata (Benth.)

Ridsdale occurs discontinuously from the

Iron Range area on Cape York Peninsula to

the Tully River. See Fig. 1 for illustrations of

all species.

Accepted for publication 1 September 2009

Uncaria cordata was first recorded for

Australia in 1922 based on a collection by

C.T. White from Mt Bellenden Ker at c. 450

m altitude. Until recently, this remained the

only known collection of the species from

Australia.

Following severe Tropical Cyclone

“Larry” in March 2006 numerous landscape

scale vegetation surveys (to assess exotic

weed species occurrences) were undertaken

in affected rainforest areas by researchers at

CSIRO, Atherton including the first author.

Cyclone “Larry” crossed the coast in the

Innisfail area (south of Cairns) and proceeded

in a westerly direction across the Atherton

Tableland. “Larry” was a high category 4

cyclone whose winds produced anything

from severe to slight forest damage and was

regarded as a once in 50 year event (Turton

2008). One of these surveys, in April 2007

at the Australian Insect Farm (Hasenpusch

1999) on the Seymour Range, north of

Innisfail, recorded the second collection of

Uncaria cordata from Australia at an altitude

of c. 70 m.

Uncaria cordata (Lour.) Merr., Interpr.

Herb. Rumph. 479 (1910); Restiaria cordata

Lour., FI. Cochinch. 639 (1790); U. cordata

var. cordata , Ridsdale, Blumea 24: 75 (1978).

Type: Loureiro s.n. (BM), fide Ridsdale

(1978: 74-75).

For full synonomy see Ridsdale (1978: 74-

75).

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: [Mt]

Bellenden Ker, Mar 1922, White 1272 (BRI); Australian

Insect Farm, off Davis road near Garradunga, Seymour

Range, Apr 2007, FordAF4998 & Jensen (BRI, CNS).

Distribution and habitat : Uncaria cordata

var. cordata occurs from Burma and Thailand

100

Austrobaileya 8 ( 1 ): 99-102 ( 2009 )

Fig.l. A-C, Uncaria cordata var. cordata. A. branchlet showing habit, paired hooks and stipules x 0.6. B. abaxial

surface of leaf blade and hooks x 0.6. C. cross section of leaf blade showing depressed midrib and rigid hairs x 20.

D-F, U. callophylla. D. abaxial surface of leaf blade and hooks xl.E. abaxial surface showing domatia at midrib-

lateral vein junction x 20. F. cross section of leaf blade showing flush midrib x 20. G-I, U. lanosa var. appendical at a.

G. abaxial surface of leaf blade and hooks x l.H. abaxial surface showing domatia at midrib-lateral vein junction x

20. I. cross section of leaf blade showing raised midrib and hairs x 20. A-C Ford AF4998 (BRI), D-F Hyland 10953

(BRI), G-I Ford AF4075 (BRI). Del. W.Smith.

Ford & Hasenpusch, Uncaria cordata

to the Philippines, throughout Malesia

(including New Guinea), reaching a southern

limit in Australia. In Australia it is confined

to the Wet Tropics bioregion in north-eastern

Queensland, where it is currently known from

only two localities. Although habitat data

for the Mt Bellenden Ker area where White

collected his specimen from are lacking, the

vegetation at c. 450 m is likely to be mesophyll

rainforest on a granite substrate. On the

Seymour Range the substrate is metamorphic

(schists, gneisses and metasediments)

whilst the vegetation is similarly mesophyll

rainforest. Common canopy species on the

Seymour Range in association with Uncaria

cordata include: Backhousia bancroftii

F.M.Bailey & F.Muell. ex F.M.Bailey,

Cardwellia sublimis F.Muell., Carnarvonia

araliifolia F.Muell. var. araliifolia ,

Elaeocarpus bancroftii F.Muell. & F.M.Bailey,

Endiandra montana C.T.White, Flindersia

bourjotiana F.Muell., Flindersia pimenteliana

101

F.Muell., Macadamia whelanii (F.M.Bailey)

F.M.Bailey and Musgravea heterophylla

L.S.Sm. Common small trees and shrubs

on the Seymour Range include: Apodytes

brachystylis F.Muell, Brombya platynema

F.Muell., Cryptocarya lividula B.Hyland,

Cyclophyllum multiflorum S.T.Reynolds &

R.J.F.Hend., Dysoxylum klanderi F.Muell.,

Hernandia albiflora (C.T.White) Kubitzki,

Pittosporum rubiginosum A.Cunn., Polyscias

australianaif . Muell.) Phil ipson and Symplocos

paucistaminea F.Muell. & F.M.Bailey. The

vegetation at these two localities fall within

two Regional Ecosystems: 7.12.1a and 7.11.1a.

(see www.derm.qld.gov.au/redd).

Phenology : Flowers are unknown in Australia;

fruits have been recorded in March.

Notes. The Australian species of Uncaria

may be distinguished with the following

identification key.

1 Leaf upper surface glabrous, domatia present as tufts of hairs on lower

surface.U. callophylla

1. Leaf upper surface variously hairy, domatia present or absent.2

2 Midrib, lateral and minor venation depressed above on dried material;

domatia absent.U. cordata

2. Midrib and lateral venation raised above, minor venation flat

above; domatia present.U. lanosa var. appendiculata

Conservation status : Assuming that the Mt

Bellenden Ker (Wooroonooran National Park)

population is extant, although not verified,

that would be the only occurrence of Uncaria

cordata within the World Heritage Area

(WHA) of the Wet Tropics. The Seymour

Range population is on private land outside of

the WHA and is currently known to comprise

six individual plants, none of which have

been seen fertile. The linear geographical

separation of these two populations is c. 25

km. The regional ecosystems in which these

populations occur are common both around and

between these populations, so there appears

to be plentiful potential habitat; however,

no additional recordings of U. cordata have

been made. This is remarkable given that it

is a conspicuous species and co-occurs with

U. lanosa var. appendiculata on the Seymour

Range. At the base of Mt Bellenden Ker U.

lanosa is not an uncommon vine and has been

collected numerous times within the known

range of U. cordata. Presently U. cordata is

classed as Rare under Queensland Nature

Conservation Act (Wildlife) Regulation 2006;

however, we consider it to be at risk at this

time due to the single verified population

and small number of individuals within

Australia. As pointed out by Fell (2007), there

is a need to acknowledge the “difficulties in

attributing conservation status to taxa which

are rare in Queensland., but widespread

in neighbouring regions”, such as Malesia

(including New Guinea). We suggest that

within Australia, U. cordata has an extent

of occurrence no more than 250 km * 1 2 and

an area of occupation no more than 10 km 2 .

Uncaria cordata could be allocated the status

102

of Vulnerable as it satisfies Criteria D1 and

D2 of the IUCN (2001); however, this may

be premature until more thorough searches

for this species are undertaken in the Wet

Tropics.

Acknowledgements

The authors wish to thank Will Smith for

the fine illustrations; Caroline Bruce, Matt

Bradfordandan anonymous reviewerforuseful

comments on an earlier version; Catherine

Gallagher (MEL) examined material held at

MEL and the curators and staff at BRI and

CNS allowed access to specimens and the use

of their facilities.

References

Cooper, W. & Cooper, W.T. (2004). Fruits of the

Australian Tropical Rainforest. Nokomis

Editions: Melbourne.

Fell, D.G. (2007). The distribution, habitat and

conservation status of Suregada glomerulata

(Blume) Baill. (Euphorbiaceae) from north¬

eastern Cape York Peninsula, Queensland.

Austrobaileya 7: 573-575.

Forster, P.I. & Halford, D.A. (2007). Rubiaceae. In

P.D.Bostock & A.E.Holland (eds.). Census

of the Queensland Flora 2007 , pp. 175-179.

Environmental Protection Agency: Brisbane.

Hasenpusch, S. (1999). An overview of the Australian

Insect Farm: aiding education and research.

In W.Ponder & D.Lunney (eds.). The Other

99%. The Conservation and Biodiversity of

Invertebrates, pp. 423-425. Royal Zoological

Society of New South Wales: Mossman.

Hyland, B.P.M., Whiffin, T., Christophel, D.C., Gray,

B. & Elick, R.W. (2003). Australian Tropical

Rain Forest Plants. Trees, Shrubs and Vines.

CD-ROM. CSIRO Publishing: Melbourne.

Iucn (2001). IUCN Red List Categories: version 3.1.

IUCN Species Survival Commission. IUCN:

Gland, Switzerland.

Razafimandimbison, S.G. & Bremer, B. (2002).

Phylogeny and classification of Naucleeae s.l.

(Rubiaceae) inferred from molecular (ITS,

rBCL, and tRNT-F ) and morphological data.

American Journal of Botany 89: 1027-1041.

Ridsdale, C.E. (1978). A revision of Mitragyna and

Uncaria (Rubiaceae). Blumea 24: 43-100.

Robbrecht, E. (1988). Tropical woody Rubiaceae. Opera

Botanica Belgica 1: 1-271.

Austrobaileya 8 ( 1 ): 99-102 ( 2009 )

Turton, S.M. (2008). Landscape-scale impacts of

Cyclone Larry on the forests of northeast

Australia, including comparisons with previous

cyclones impacting the region between 1858

and 2006. Austral Ecology 33: 409-416.

Austrobaileya 8 ( 1 ): 103-105 ( 2009 )

103

SHORT COMMUNICATION

Reinstatement of Enydra woollsii F.Muell.

(Asteraceae: Heliantheae)

A.R. Bean

Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment & Resource Management, Brisbane Botanic

Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: tony.bean@derm.qld.

gov.au

Enydra Lour, is a small genus of hydrophilous

forbs that occurs in the tropics and subtropics

of South America, Africa, Asia and Australia.

The number of species is often quoted as ten

(e.g. Stuessy 1977; Stanley & Ross 1986; Hajra

et al. 1995). The accepted Old World species

are E. fluctuans Lour., reported for south¬

east Asia, Australia and tropical Africa and

E. radicans (Willd.) Lack, shared by tropical

Africa and South America.

Enydra woollsii was described by

F. Mueller from Australian material in 1863.

Bentham (1867) placed E. woollsii into

synonymy with E. paludosa (Reinw. ex

Blume) A.DC., and E. paludosa was later

relegated to synonymy with E. fluctuans.

Descriptions and illustrations of Asian

Enydra fluctuans (e.g. Soerjani et al. 1987;

Hajra et al. 1995) strongly indicated to me

that it was morphologically different to the

Australian taxon. A comparison of herbarium

specimens has confirmed this. The ecology of

the Asian plant also appears different. While

the Australian taxon is strictly terrestrial,

E. fluctuans from Asia and Africa has been

described as a “free-floating plant” (Lack

1980) or an “aquatic” (Hajra et al. 1995), and

Nguyen (1993) stated that it “may sometimes

clog water courses”. However, descriptions

recording it “rooting at the nodes” (Lack

1980; Beentje & Ghazanfar 2005) suggest

that it is partly dependant on soil substrate.

The Australian taxon is considered to be

distinct from Enydra fluctuans , and the name

E. woollsii is reinstated here for it.

The distribution of Enydra fluctuans is

markedly disjunct from that of E. woollsii. It

is notable that E. fluctuans extends no further

Accepted for publication 1 September 2009

south than Java and no further east than

Sulawesi, except for a naturalised occurrence

in the Philippines reported by Merrill (1923).

There is no known occurrence of Enydra in

New Guinea (Koster 1979), nor in northern

Queensland (Queensland Herbarium records).

There is one specimen record at the Northern

Territory Herbarium, collected near Darwin

in 2002, from a plant apparently escaped from

cultivation.

Enydra woollsii F.Muell., Fragm. 3: 139

(1863), as ‘ Enhydra Woollsii’. Type citation:

“In paludibus prope Manly Beach portus

Jacksonii. W. Woolls”. Type: New South

Wales. Manly Beach, s.dat., W. Woolls s.n.

(holo: MEL2159823).

Perennial forb to 100 cm across and 20 cm

high, terrestrial; flowering stems prostrate

or weakly ascending, well-branched, terete,

solid, up to 3 mm diameter, not constricted

at the nodes, glabrous. Leaves opposite, 3.5-

8 cm long, 0.8-1.5 cm wide, lanceolate to

narrowly-elliptic, with conspicuously serrated

margins (3-7 teeth per side), base cuneate or

attenuate, apex acute; petioles 2-5 mm long.

Lamina with numerous yellowish oil glands,

and sometimes with a few ciliate hairs along

the midrib. Capitula axillary, solitary, many-

flowered, radiate, peduncles 0-2 mm long.

Involucral bracts 4, in two opposite pairs,

the outer ones longer than the inner. Outer

bracts 4-10 mm long, with a longitudinal

midvein and a network of secondary veins,

midvein glabrous or with a few ciliate hairs,

apex acute; paleae c. 4 mm long, sheathing

the florets, with sessile glands on the distal

margin; ray florets female, greenish-yellow

to yellow, 3-lobed, zygomorphic, glandular;

stigma bifid. Disc florets yellow, 4 or 5-lobed.

Achenes black, narrowly obovoid but curved

on outer surface, 2.4-27 mm long, finely

longitudinally striate, pappus absent.

104

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Wide Bay District: Eli Creek, 5 km N of Happy Valley,

Fraser Island, Nov 1994, Bean 8072 (BRI). Moreton

District: Alexander Clark Memorial Park, Loganholme,

Jan 1995, Bean 8184 (BRI); end of Wallaby Way,

Pimpama, May 2003, Bean 20424 (BRI); near landing

ground, Aug 1998, Dowling W281 & Stephens (BRI).

New South Wales. Mangrove Creek, c. 3 km upstream

from Back Channel off Clarence River, N of Maclean,

May 2005, Phillips 1299 & Phillips (BRI); Seale Road, 9

km ESE of Kempsey, Dec 2007, Bean 27131 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Enydra woollsii

extends from near Bundaberg in Queensland

to Sydney in New South Wales. It is confined

to areas within a few kilometres of the coast,

and on some adjacent islands. It inhabits poorly

Austrobaileya 8 ( 1 ): 103-105 ( 2009 )

drained flats beside rivers and creeks that may

often be tidal. These areas may occasionally

be inundated by fresh or brackish water. The

plant communities in such places are often

dominated by Casuarina glauca Sieber ex

Spreng. or Melaleuca quinquenervia (Cav.)

S.T.Blake. Sometimes it grows in swampy

areas behind frontal beach dunes where

Casuarina equisetifolia L. is present, and

where some salt would be received from

maritime winds.

Notes: Enydra woollsii differs from

E.fluctuans in several significant ways, as

outlined below in Table 1.

Table 1. Character differences between Enydra fluctuans and E. woollsii

Enydra woollsii

Enydra fluctuans

Habitat

terrestrial

semi-aquatic to aquatic

Habit

flowering stems prostrate or

weakly ascending

flowering stems more or less erect

Lower stems

solid, to 3 mm diameter

hollow, 5-10 mm diameter

Leaf base

cuneate

hastate

Leaf margins

strongly serrate, with 3-7

teeth per side

obscurely serrulate, with 10-20

teeth per side

Petioles

2-5 mm long

0-2 mm long

Outer involucral

bracts

4-10 mm long

11-20 mm long

Palea indumentum

sessile glands only

sessile glands and ciliate hairs

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to the Director of SING for

sending specimens of Enydra fluctuans on

loan, to Brendan Lepschi for sending an image

of the type of E. woollsii , and Tony Orchard

(Australian Botanical Liaison Officer 2008-

2009) for confirming the absence of type

material of E. woollsii at K.

References

Beentje, H.J. & Ghazanfar, S.A. (2005). Flora of

Tropical East Africa, Compositae (Part 3).

Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew.

Bentham, G. (1867). Enhydra. In Flora Australiensis 3:

546. L.Reeve & Co.: London.

Hajra, P.K., Rao, R.R., Singh, D.K. & Uniyal, B.P

(1995). Flora of India, Volume 12 Asteraceae

(Anthemideae - Heliantheae). Botanical Survey

of India: Calcutta.

Koster, J. (1979). The Compositae of New Guinea VI.

Blumea 25: 249-82.

Lack, H.W. (1980). The genus Enydra (Asteraceae,

Heliantheae) in West Tropical Africa.

Willdenowia 10: 3-12.

Merrill, E.D. (1923). An enumeration of Philippine

plants, Volume 3. Bureau of Printing: Manila.

Nguyen, T.B. (1993). Enydra fluctuans Louriero. In

J.S.Siemonsma & K.Piluek (eds.), PROSEA

- Plant Resources of South-east Asia 8,

Vegetables , pp. 173-174. Pudoc Scientific

Publishers: Wageningen.

105

Bean, Enydra woollsii

Soerjani, M., Kostermans, A.J.G.H. & Tjitrosoepomo,

G. (1987). Weeds of rice in Indonesia. Balai

Pustaka: Jakarta.

Stanley, T.D. & Ross, E.M. (1986). Flora of south¬

eastern Queensland, Volume II. Queensland

Department of Primary Industries: Brisbane.

Stuessy, T.F. (1977). Heliantheae - systematic review.

In V.H. Heywood et al. (eds.). The biology

and chemistry of the Compositae 2: 621-671.

Academic Press: London.

Austrobaileya 8(1): 1-105 (2009)

Contents

Taxonomic revision of Australian Myrsinaceae: Ardisia Sw. and Tetrardisia

Mez

B.R.Jaches .1-23

Taxonomic and nomenclatural notes on the Eastern grey boxes {Eucalyptus

ser. Moluccanae Chippendale, Myrtaceae) and the reinstatement of

Eucalyptus woollsiana R.T.Baker

A. R. Bean .25-34

Four new species of Cyperus L. (Cyperaceae) from northern Queensland

R. Booth, D.J. Moore & J. Hodgon .35-46

Duperreya Gaudich. (Convolvulaceae) revisited

R.W. Johnson .47-54

A conspectus of Merremia Dennst. ex Endl. (Convolvulaceae) in Australia

with the addition of two species

R.W. Johnson .55-63

Crotalaria inaequalis A.E.Holland (Fabaceae), a new species from the Gulf

Plains, Queensland

A.E.Holland .65-68

Coelospermum purpureum Halford & A.J.Ford (Rubiaceae), a new species

from north-east Queensland

D.A.Halford & A.J.Ford .69-76

Homoranthus tricolor (Myrtaceae), a new species from south-eastern

Queensland

A. R. Bean .77-79

Two new species of Morinda F. (Rubiaceae) from north-east Queensland

D.A. Halford & A.J.Ford .81-90

Mischocarpus ailae Guymer (Sapindaceae), a new species from the Mount

Warning caldera, Australia

G.P.Guymer .91-95

The identity of Centaurea riparia DC. (Asteraceae)

A.R.Bean .97

Rediscovery of Uncaria cordata (Four.) Merr. var. cordata (Rubiaceae:

Naucleeae ) in Australia

A.J.Ford & J. W.Hasenpusch .99-102

Reinstatement of Enydra woollsii F.Muell. (Asteraceae.Heliantheae)

A.R.Bean .103-105